United States         Air and        EPA-430-B-93-005
            Environmental Protection     Radiation       October 1993
            Agency	(6205J)	
svEPA      No-Clean Soldering To
            Eliminate CFC-113 and Methyl
            Chloroform Cleaning of Printed
            Circuit Board Assemblies
                                    Printed on Recycled Paper

-------
                                         ICOLP*

      NO-CLEAN SOLDERING TO  ELIMINATE CFC-113 AND
   METHYL CHLOROFORM CLEANING  OF PRINTED CIRCUIT
                              BOARD  ASSEMBLIES
                                             by

                                       James Attpeter
                                   Stephen O. Andersen
                                        Mike Cooper
                                       Carl Eckersley
                                       Larry Ferguson
                                     Leslie Girth (Chair)
                                     Larry Ucntenberg
                                     James McNeil, Jr.
                                         Waft Pillar
                                        Irene Sterian
                                   Richard Szymanowski
                                         Rick Wade
                                        Michael Zatz
                           Stephen O. Andersen, Project Director
                      Nina Bonnelycke, Solvent Substitutes Manager

                           U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                              Stratospheric Protection Division
* ICOLP is the Industry Cooperative for Ozone Layer Protection.  ICOLP corporate member companies include AT&T, British
Aerospace. Compaq Computer Corporation, Digital Equipment Corporation, Ford Motor Company, Hitachi Limited, Honeywell, IBM,
Matsushita Electric Industrial, Mitsubishi Electric Corporation, Motorola, Northern Telecom, Texas Instruments and Toshiba Corporation.
Industry association affiliates include American Electronics Association, Association Pour la Research et Development des Methodes et
Processus Industriels, Electronic Industries Association, Halogcnated Solvents industry Alliance (U.S.), Japan Electrical Manufacturers
Association, and Korea Specialty Chemical Industry Association. Government organization affiliates include the City of Irvine, California,
the Russian Institute of Applied Chemistry, the Swedish National Environmental Protection Agency, the U.S. Air Force, and the U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency. Other organization affiliates include Center for Global Change, Industrial Technology Research
Institute of Taiwan, Korea Anti-Pollution Movement, National Academy of Engineering, and Research Triangle institute.

James Altpeter is employed by Ford Motor Company; Stephen Andersen is employed by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency; Mike
Cooper is employed by NCR Corporation; Carl Eckersley is employed by Compaq Computer Corporation; Larry Ferguson and James
McNeil, Jr., are employed by the U.S. Air Force; Leslie Guth is employed by AT&T; Larry Lichtenberg is employed by Motorola; Walt
Pillar is employed by GE Aerospace; Irene Sterian is employed by IBM; Richard Szymanowski is employed by Northern Telecom; Rick
Wade is employed by UDS/Motoroia; and Michael Zatz is employed by ICF Incorporated. We would like to thank the many individuals
and companies that provided insight and information thai helped produce this manual.  This manual was funded by the U.S. EPA and
ICOLP.

-------

-------
                                                                                      Hi
                                Disclaimer
The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), the Industry Cooperative for Ozone Layer
Protection (ICOLP), the ICOLP committee members, and the companies that employ the
ICOLP  committee members do  not endorse the cleaning performance, worker safety, or
environmental acceptability of any of the  technical  options discussed.  Every cleaning
operation requires consideration of worker safety and proper disposal of contaminants and
waste products generated  from  the  cleaning processes.   Moreover, as work continues,
including additional toricity testing and evaluation under Section 612 (Safe Alternatives
Policy) of the Clean Air Act Amendments of 1990 and elsewhere, more information on the
health, environmental, and safety effects of alternatives will become available for use in
selecting among the alternatives discussed in this document.

EPA and ICOLP, in furnishing or distributing this information, do not make any warranty
or representation, either express or implied, with respect to its accuracy, completeness, or
utility; nor does EPA and ICOLP assume any liability of any kind whatsoever resulting from
the use of, or reliance upon,  any information,  material, or procedure contained  herein,
including but not limited to any claims regarding health, safety, environmental effects or fate,
efficacy, or performance, made by the source of the information.

Mention of any company or product in this document is for informational purposes only, and
does not constitute a recommendation of any such company or  product, either express or
implied  by EPA, ICOLP, ICOLP committee members, and the companies that employ the
ICOLP committee members.

-------
IV

-------
                             Table of Contents



List of Exhibits	ix

Technical Advisors and Reviewers 	xi

Foreword	1

      The Montreal Protocol	1
      U.S. Clean Air Act Amendments  	2
      Acceleration of ODS Phaseout	6
      Excise Tax	6
      Other International Phaseout Schedules	6
      Cooperative Efforts	7

Structure of the Manual ..	 9

Methodology for Selecting a Cleaning or No-Clean Process	 11

      Technical	 11
      Economic	 13

Summary Charts	 15

      Cleaning Options  . . ..	 15
      Summary Matrix . . .	 15

Introduction to No-Clean Options 	 19

      No-Clean Wave Solder Fluxes	 19

            Low-Solids No-Clean Fluxes  	20
            High-Solids No-Clean Fluxes	20

      No-Clean Solder Pastes	22
      Controlled Atmosphere Soldering	22

Process Details	25

      No-Clean Wave Soldering		25

            No-Clean Wave Soldering in Air	25
            Retrofitting Existing Equipment for Controlled Atmosphere Soldering  . 28
            New Equipment Options for Controlled Atmosphere Soldering  ...... 28

-------
vi

                       Table of Contents (Continued)



      No-Clean Reflow Soldering	29

            No-dean Reflow Soldering in Air	30
            Retrofitting Existing Equipment for Controlled Atmosphere Soldering .  30
            New Equipment Options for Controlled Atmosphere Soldering 	30

Qualification of No-Clean Materials and Processes	31

      Material Screening	31
      Process Qualification  	32

Economics of No-Clean Processes	35

      No-Clean Wave Soldering	35

            No-Clean Wave Soldering in Air	35
            Retrofitting Equipment for Controlled Atmosphere Soldering  	35
            New Equipment Options	36

      No-Clean Reflow Soldering	36

            Retrofitting Equipment for Controlled Atmosphere Soldering  	36
            New Equipment Options	38

Environmental, Health, and Safely Issues	39

      Environmental Issues 	39

            Volatile Organic Compounds (VOCs) '.	39
            Waste Disposal	39

      Health and Safety	40

            Formic Acid	40
            Flux Exposure Issues	40
            Reduced Oxygen Atmosphere	40

Manual Summary	41

-------
                                                                             vii

                       Table of Contents (Continued)



Case Studies ,of Industrial Practices	43

      Case Study #1: No-Clean Wave Soldering in a Controlled Atmosphere
                    Environment	45
      Case Study #2: An Alternative Testing Method To Qualify No-Clean
                    Processes	50
      Case Study #3: Evaluation of No-Clean Processes at AT&T  ...		 54
      Case Study #4: Flux Selection Criteria  	57
      Case Study #5: Spray Fluxing for Today's Soldering Processes	59
      Case Study #6: Choice of a No-Clean Process at NCR	61

References	67

List of Vendors for No-Clean Process Equipment and Materials to Replace
     CFC-113 and Methyl Chloroform	,	69

Glossary	73

Appendix A:  Industry Cooperative for Ozone Layer Protection	77
Appendix B:  The IPC Phase-3 Testing Program	79
Appendix C:  Patents Relevant to Controlled Atmosphere Soldering	85
Appendix D:  Solder Fluxes and Pastes Evaluated by Northern Telecom	87

-------
viii

-------
                                                                              IX
                               List of Exhibits
Exhibit 1    Parties to the Montreal Protocol (May 1993)	2
Exhibit 2    Ozone-Depleting Solvent Corporate Phaseout Dates  	3
Exhibit 3    Excise Tax on Ozone-Depleting Solvents	6
Exhibit 4    Cleaning Options to Replace CFC-113 and Methyl
              Chloroform	;	 16
Exhibit 5    Summary Matrix Comparing No-Clean Processes	 17
Exhibit 6    Composition of Traditional and Low-Solids Flux	21
Exhibit 7    Wetting Comparison Between Nitrogen and Air With
              Activated Rosin Flux	24
Exhibit 8    Performance Characteristics of Flux Application Methods	 26
Exhibit 9    Comparison of IPC and Bellcore SIR Testing Procedures	33
Exhibit 10   Total Process Material Cost Breakdown for a Traditional
              Soldering Process  	37
Exhibit 11   SIR Values of Boards from DOE Cells	47
Exhibit 12   Ionic  Cleanliness	48
Exhibit 13   Schematic of Dust Box Testing Machine  	51
Exhibit 14   Average  Ionic Cleanliness of Test Samples	81
Exhibit 15   Average  SIR Data from Condensing Atmosphere Tests	82
Exhibit 16   Average  SIR Data from Noncondensing Atmosphere Tests  	83

-------

-------
                                                                                             XI
                            Technical Advisors and Reviewers
       The committee thanks the following individuals for providing valuable input during the preparation
of this manual. The committee also expresses its appreciation to their employers for allowing these individuals
the time to review drafts and provide general information to be used in the manual.
Name
Dr. Husamuddin Ahmadzai
Mr. W. Baca
Mr. David Bergman
Mr. David Dodgen
Mr. Donald Elliott
Mr. Joe Felry
Mr. An FitzGerald
Ms. Kathi Johnson
Mr. Sudhakar Kesavan
Ms. Cheryl Lechok
Mr. Jonathon Linton
Mr. James Mertens
Mr. Terry Munson
Mr. Bob Phal
Mr. Ralph Ponce de Leon
Dr. Wallace Rubin
Ms. Laura Turbini
Mr. Yi
Affiliation
Environmental Protection Agency (Sweden)
U.S. Department of Defense
Institute for Interconnecting and Packaging Electronic Circuits (IPC)
Multicore Solders Incorporated
Electrovert Limited (Canada)
Texas Instruments
Northern Telecom Limited (Canada)
Hexacon Electric Co.
ICF Incorporated
Praxair Incorporated
Environmental Design Incorporated
Dow Chemical U.S.A.
Contamination Studies Laboratory Incorporated
Motorola
Motorola
Multicore Solders Limited (United Kingdom)
Georgia Institute of Technology
U.S. Department of Defense

-------
xii

-------
FOREWORD
This manual has been prepared jointly by the U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) and the
Industry Cooperative for Ozone Layer Protection
(ICOLP1) to  aid the electronics industry in  its
phaseout of ozone-depleting solvents. It will prove
useful  to both large  and small- manufacturing
facilities  because the  processes described  are
applicable  to  a wide  range  of manufacturing
applications. The manual has been prepared by a
committee of experts from industry, the US. EPA,
and the U.S. Air Force.

In  1987,  the  U.S. EPA,  the  Department  of
Defense,  and the Institute for Interconnecting and
Packaging Electronic Circuits (IPC) formed an Ad
Hoc Solvents  Working Group.   This  working
group  concluded that  military  standards and
specifications  inadvertently  discouraged and/or
prohibited  the use  of no-clean processes  by
prescribing the flux and solvents that must be used
in specific manufacturing operations. The working
group felt that these constraints were slowing the
rate of technological progress  and  prohibiting
manufacturers from considering all alternatives to
ozone-depleting solvents.   DOD agreed with the
committee's recommendation  to switch from
prescriptive standards to performance standards in
a three-phase  strategy:

• Phase  1  - Perform a CFC cleaning test to be
  used  as a  benchmark against which other
  alternatives would be compared.
• Phase   2  -   Evaluate alternative  cleaning
  formulations  against  the  benchmark   and
  approve those which clean equal to or better
  than the benchmark.
• Phase   3  -  Evaluate no-clean  controlled
  atmosphere soldering processes (See Appendix
  B for additional details).

In 1990,  the U.S. EPA, ICOLP, and IPC helped
catalyze interest in perfecting no-clean technology.
1 Appendix A presents more detailed information
about ICOLP.
Key manufacturing companies participating in the
efforts  included AT&T,  Ford, General Electric,
Motorola, and Northern Telecom. This new group
of technical experts and  the market clout of the
ICOLP companies helped to quickly commercialize
and  implement no-clean technologies.    These
cooperative efforts have helped to introduce new
technologies with  rapid market penetration and
competitive prices.  Many of the  experts who
contributed to these achievements are the authors
of   this  report   or  are   listed  in   the
acknowledgements.
The Montreal Protocol
The 1987 Montreal Protocol on Substances that
Deplete the Ozone Layer and subsequent 1990 and
1992 amendments and adjustments control  the
production  and consumption of ozone-depleting
chemicals.   At the  most recent meeting  in
Copenhagen  in  November   1992,  chemicals
including chloroQuorocarbon l,l,2-trichloro-l,2,2-
trifluoroethane  (commonly referred to as CFC-
113) and 1,1,1 -trichloroethane (commonly referred
to as methyl chloroform or MCF) were scheduled
for a complete phaseout in developed countries by
the year  1996.   The  phaseout  schedule  for
developing  countries  was  unchanged from  the
London meeting of Panics (2010 for CFC-113 and
2015 for 1,1,1-trichloroetnane) with a  vote  on
further  acceleration  scheduled for  1995.   In
addition, the 1992 amendments include a control
schedule  for hydrochlorofluorocarbons (HCFCs),
with a production freeze in  1996, reductions in
2000,2010, and 2020, and a complete phaseout in
developed countries by 2030. HCFCs are not yet
controlled for developing countries.

Exhibit 1 lists the countries that have ratified the
Montreal Protocol as of May 1993. In addition,
many companies worldwide have corporate policies
to  expedite  the  phaseout  of ozone-depleting
chemicals.   Exhibit  2  presents  the corporate
phaseout policies for some of these companies. In
addition to providing regulatory schedules for the

-------


r

Exhibit 1

Algeria
Antigua and Barbuda
Argentina
Australia
Austria
Bahamas
Bahrain
Bangladesh
Barbados
Belarus
Belgium
Botswana
Brazil
Brunei Darussalatn
Bulgaria
Burkina Faso
Cameroon
Canada
Central African
Republic
Chile
China
Congo
Costa Rica
Cote d'lvoire
Croatia
Cuba
Cyprus
Czech Republic
Denmark
Dominica
Date: May, 1993
PARTIES TO THE
Ecuador
Egypt
El Salvador
EEC
Fiji
Finland
France
Gambia
Germany
Ghana
Greece
Grenada
Guatemala
Guinea
Hungary
Iceland
India
Indonesia
Iran
Ireland
Israel
Italy
Jamaica
Japan
Jordan
Kenya
Kiribati
Kuwait
Lebanon
Libyan Arab
Jamahiriya

MONTREAL PROTOCOL
Liechtenstein
Luxembourg
Malawi
Malaysia
Maldives
Malta
Marshall Islands j
Mauritius
Mexico
Monaco
Morocco
Netherlands
New Zealand
Nicaragua
Niger
Nigeria
Norway
Pakistan
Panama
Papua New Guinea
Paraguay
Peru
Philippines
Poland
Portugal
Romania
Republic of Korea
Russian Federation
St. Kitts and Nevis
Samoa
Saudi Arabia


Senegal
Seychelles
Singapore
Slovakia
Slovenia
South Africa
Spain
Sri Lanka
Sudan
Swaziland
Sweden
Switzerland
Syrian Arab Republic
Tanzania
Thailand
Togo
Trinidad & Tobago
Tunisia
Turkey
Uganda
Ukraine
United Arab
Emirates
United Kingdom
United States
Uruguay
Uzbekistan
. Venezuela
Yugoslavia
Zambia
Zimbabwe

phaseout  of  ozone-depleting  chemicals,  the
Montreal Protocol established a fund that will
finance  the  incremental costs  of phasing  out
ozone-depleting   substances   by   qualifying
developing countries that are Party to the Protocol.
U.S. Clean Air Act
Amendments
The 1990 U.S. Clean Air Act (CAA) amendments
contain  several   provisions  pertaining   to
stratospheric ozone protection. Section 602 of the
CAA lists the ozone-depleting substances that are
restricted.  These ozone-depleting substances are
defined as Class I and Class II substances.  Class I
substances   include  all   fully   balogenated
chlorofluorocarbons  (CFCs), including  CFC-113,
three  batons,  MCF, and carbon tetrachloride.
Class  I! substances  are  defined to include  33
hydrochlorofluorocarbons (HCFCs). The sections
of the CAA that are of importance to users of this
manual are discussed below.

-------
                                     Exhibit 2

        OZONE-DEPLETING SOLVENT CORPORATE PHASEOUT DATES
Successful Pnaseouto

A-dec
ADC Telecommunications
Advanced Micro Devices
Alcatel Network Systems
Apple Computer
Applied Magnetics
AishinSciki
Alps Electric
AT&T
Cadillac Gage
Calsonic
Canon
Corbin Russwin Hardware
Casio Computer
Chip Supply
Clarion
Compaq Computers
Conner Peripherals
Commins Engine
Diatek
Fuji Photo Film
Fujitsu
Harris Semiconductors
Hewlett Packard
IBM
ITT Cannon
Japan Aviation Electronics
Kilovac
Kyocera
Mabuchi Motor
Matsushita
MDM
Minebea
Minolta Camera
Mitsui High-tech
Motorola
Murata Erie N.A.
Murata Manufacturing
National Semiconductor
NEC
Ninon Dempa Kogyo
Nissan
Northern Telecom
NRC
Iki Electric
Omrbn
OTC/SPX Pacific Scientific EKD
Ricoh
Rohm
Sanyo MEG
Sanyo Energy  .
Seagate Technology
Seiko Epson
Seiko-sba
Sharp
Shin-etsu Polymer
SMC
Sony
Stanley Electric
Sun Microsystems
Symmons Industries
Taliey Defense Systems
Thomson Consumer Electronics
3M
Toshiba
Toshiba  Display Devices
Toyota Motor
Unisia JECCS
Yokogawa Electric
Future Phaseout:

Citizen Watch - 12/93
Funac - 12/93
Hitachi - 12/93
Hitachi Metals - 12/93
Isuzu Motors - 1993
Konyo Seiko - 12/93
Mitsubishi Electric - 12/93
Mitsubishi Heavy Industry - 12/94
Mitsubishi Motors - 8/93
NHK Spring - 1293
Nissan Diesel Motor - 1994
NSK - 12/93
Olympus Optical - 12/93
Sumitomo Electric - 12/93
Sumitomo Special Metals - 12/93
Suzuki Motor - 1994
Taiyo Yuden - 12/93
Victor Japan - 11/93
Yamaha - 12/93
Zexel - 8/93

-------
Sect/on 604 and Section 605:
Phaseout of Production and
Consumption of Class I and Class II
Substances.

Sections 604 an3 605 of the CAA present phaseout
schedules for Class I and Class II substances.  The
phaseout schedule which applies for any ozone-
depleting substances listed in the CAA and in the
Montreal Protocol is  the more stringent of the
two.  The  CAA is currently being amended to
reflect the changes in the phaseout schedule made
in Copenhagen.  Other substances with ozone-
depleting potential are also  regulated under the
.Montreal Protocol and the CAA. While they are
not used in solvent cleaning applications, these
substances are used in  other applications.  Section
60S  of  the CAA specifies provisions for the
phaseout  of  HCFCs.   The CAA  freezes the
production of HCFCs in 2015 and phases them out
by 2030. The U.S. EPA has announced that the
phaseout schedule for these chemicals  will be
accelerated to the dates prescribed in the Montreal
Protocol. Since these restrictions limit production,
any HCFCs recovered  or recycled may be used in
commercial  operations  after  the  applicable
phaseout date.
Section 608:  National Emissions
Reduction Program

Section 60S directs EPA to promulgate regulations
by July 1992 requiring  that emissions from all
refrigeration and cooling equipment (except mobile
air conditioners that are covered in Section 609)
be reduced to  their  "lowest achievable levels."
While this is not of direct importance in the use of
ozone-depleting solvents, it has implications for
facilities   in  which  refrigeration  and/or  air
conditioning equipment is used. This section will
require  air   conditioning   and   refrigeration
technicians  to  be  certified   to  ensure  that
technicians are familiar with proper recycling and
recovery practices. This section also prohibits any
person  from  knowingly  venting  any  of  the
controlled  substances, including HCFCs, during
servicing  of  refrigeration  or  air  conditioning
equipment (except cars)  beginning July  1, 1992,
and requires the safe disposal of these compounds
by that date.  A "Notice of Proposed Rulemaking"
was published in ithe Federal Register in December
1992, and the Final Rule was published on May 14,
1993.
Sect/on 670:  Ban of Nonessential
Uses

Section  610 of  the  CAA  directs  EPA  to
promulgate regulations that prohibit the sale or
distribution of certain "nonessential" products that
release Class I  and  Class II  substances during
manufacture, use, storage, or disposal.  In  the
CAA,Congress  defined  several  products  as
nonessential, including CFC-containing cleaning
fluids   for   noncommercial   electronic   and
photographic equipmentand CFC-propelled plastic
party streamers and  noise horns.  In addition,
Congress established guidelines so that EPA may
determine   that   additional   products   are
nonessential. Regulations banning nonessential
products that release Class I substances were
published on January 15, 1993.   The CAA also
bans the sate and distribution of certain products
releasing Class  II substances, including  aerosol
products, pressurized dispensers,  and  most foam
products after January 1,1994.  Regulations to ban
these products are currently being developed by
EPA.
Section 611: Labeling

Section  611  of the  CAA directs  EPA  to
promulgate regulations by May 15,1992 requiring
labeling  of  products  that  contain  or  were
manufactured   with  Class  I  substances  and
containers of Class I or Class II substances.  The
label   will  read   "Warning:    Contains  or
manufactured with [insert name of substance], a
substance  which  barms   public  health  and
environment by destroying ozone in the upper
atmosphere." The label must clearly identify the
ODS by chemical name for easy  recognition by
average consumers.

On February 11,1993, the EPA. published in the
Federal Register a  Final  Rule for the  labeling
section of the CAA.  The CAA defines three types
of products  that must be labeled and specifies the
time  frame by which  these products  must be
labeled as follows:

-------
 • Effective May 15, 1993, containers in which a
   Class I or  Class II substance is  stored or
   transported, and products containing  Class I
   substances must be labeled

•• Effective May, 15,1993, products manufactured
   with  Class  I  substances must be  labeled.
   However, products manufactured with Class I
   substances can  be temporarily exempted from
   the labeling requirements of this section if EPA
   determines that there are no substitute products
   or manufacturing processes that (a) do not rely
   on the use of the Class I substance, (b) reduce
   the  overall  risk to  human health and the
   environment, and (c) are currently or potentially
   available.  If EPA temporarily exempts products
   manufactured with Class I substances from the
   labeling  requirement  based  on  the lack of
   substitutes, the products must be labeled by
   January 1, 2015.  Manufacturers that can show
   that they  have reduced their consumption of
   Class 1 substances by greater than 95 percent
   from 1986 levels are exempt from the product
   labelling requirements.

 • No  later than  January 1,  2015,  products
   containing or  manufactured with a  Class II
   substance must be labeled.

 The CAA allows for petitions to be submitted to
 EPA  to apply  the  labeling requirements to
 products containing Class  II substances or  a
 product manufactured with Class I or II substances
 which   are  not   otherwise  subject   to  the
 requirements.  This petition process will operate
 between May 15,  1993  and January 1, 2015.  For
 products manufactured  with Class I substances, a
 successful petition would result in the labeling of
 a  product  previously determined  by EPA to be
 exempt. For products containing or manufactured
 with Class II substances, the petition process could
 lead  to labeling of a product that had been left
 unlabeled by default.
 Section 612: Safe Alternatives Policy

 Section 612 establishes a framework for evaluating
 the  environmental impact of current and future
 alternatives.  Such regulation ensures that the
 substitutes  for  ozone-depleting  substances  wilt
themselves   be»  environmentally   acceptable.
Provisions of Section 612 require EPA to:

-• Issue rales  which make it unlawful to replace
   any Class  I and  Class II  substances with  a
   substitute that may present adverse effects to
   human health and the environment where EPA
   has  identified  an   available or  potentially
   available alternative that reduces the overall risk
   to human health and the environment

• Publish  a   list  of  prohibited  substitutes,
   organized by use sector,  and a  list of the
   acceptable alternatives

• Accept petitions to add or delete a substance
   previously listed as a prohibited substitute or an
   acceptable alternative

• Require  any  company which  produces  a
   chemical substitute for a Class I substance to
   notify EPA 90 days before any new or existing
   chemical is introduced into  commerce  as  a
   significant  new  use  of that chemical.   In
   addition, EPA must be  provided with  the
   unpublished health and safety studies/data on
   the substitute.

To implement Section 612, EPA will  (1) conduct
environmental risk screens for substitutes in each
end use and  (2) establish the  Significant New
Alternatives Program (SNAP) to evaluate  future
introduction of substitutes for Class I substances.
EPA is working with the National Institute for
Occupational   Safety   and   Health   (NIOSH),
Occupational  Safety and Health Administration
(OSHA),  and  other  governmental    and
nongovernmental  associations   to  develop  a
consensus process for  establishing occupational
exposure limits for the most significant substitute
chemicals.

The environmental risk screens for the substitutes
will be based on  a number of environmental
criteria, including OOP, toxicity, and likely human
exposure.     Economic  factors  will  also  be
considered. EPA will organize these  assessments
by use sector  (i.e. solvents, refrigeration, etc) and
will either list a substitute as acceptable, or will
restrict uses that adversely affect human health and
the environment. Petitioners will have the burden
of proof to  change a substance's status.

-------
6
EPA published a 'Notice of Proposed Rulemaking*
in the Federal Register on May 12, 1993.  The
Final Rule is scheduled to be published early in
1994.

SNAP will  routinely  evaluate substitutes  not
covered in the Final Rule and will classify them
based on the results of the risk screens.
Acceleration of ODS
Phaseout
All production  of Class I substances -  CFCs,
halons,  methyl   chloroform,   and   carbon
tetrachloride - will be eliminated by January 1,
1996.  Limited exemptions for essential uses and
for servicing certain existing equipment  will be
granted as the result of a petition process.  At the
request of  former  President George  Bush,  U.S.
producers  of  these  substances  reduced  the
production of ODSs by SO percent of 1986 levels
by the end of 1992. The U.S. is also re-examining
the phaseout schedule set forth in the amended
Protocol for HCFCs and is evaluating the possible
need for controls on the use of methyl bromide.
 Excise Tax
Effective in 1991, the U.S. Congress placed an
excise   tax  on   ozone-depleting   chemicals
manufactured or imported for use in the United
States. This tax provides a further incentive to use
alternatives and substitutes to CFC-113 and MCF.
The tax amounts, shown in Exhibit 3, are based on
each  chemical's  ozone-depleting  potential  and
apply to purchased chemicals as well as floor stock.
Other International Phaseout
Schedules

European Community Directive

Under the Single European Act of 1987, the 12
.members of the European Community (EC) are
now subject to various environmental directives.
                 Exhibits

  Excise Tax on Ozone-Depleting Solvents
                                                     Calendar Year
       1991
       1992
       1993
       1994
       1995
                       Tax Amount
                        Per Pound
                     CFC-113   MCF
$1.096
$1.336
$2.68
$3.48
$4.28
$0.137
$0.167
$0.211
$0.435
$0.535
   Effective January 1,1993, taxes on
   ozone-depleting chemicals were
   increased by a provision in the Energy
   Policy Act of 1992.
The members of the EC are Belgium, Denmark,
Germany, France, Greece, Great Britain, Ireland,
Italy, Luxembourg, the Netherlands, Portugal, and
Spain.   Council  Regulation number 594/91  of
March 4, 1991 provides regulatory provisions for
the production of substances  that deplete the
ozone layer.  The EC phaseout schedule for CFC-
113  production  is  more  stringent  than  the
Montreal Protocol.  It calls for an 85 percent
reduction of CFC-113 by January 1, 1994 and a
complete phaseout by January 1,1995. For MCF,
the production phaseout schedule calls for a 50
percent cut in production by January 1,1994 and
a complete phaseout by January 1,1996. While all
members must  abide  by  these dates, Council
Regulation number 3322/88 of October 31,  1988
allows EC members to take even more stringent
measures to protect the ozone layer.
Other Legislation

Several other countries have adopted legislation
that is more stringent than the terms of the
Montreal Protocol.  Environment Canada, the
federal  environmental  agency  responsible for
environmental protection in Canada, has proposed

-------
a more stringent reduction program.  Under the
proposed schedule, all production, import, and
export of CFCs for use in Canada must be reduced
75 percent by January 1, 1994 and eliminated by
January 1, 1996.  Environment Canada has also
announced a series of target dates for the phaseout
of CFCs in specific end uses. For solvent cleaning
applications such as metal and precision cleaning,
it mandates a phaseout of CFC-113 by the end of
1994.  The  production, import, and  export of
halons and carbon tetrachloride in Canada is to be
eliminated by January 1,1994, and'January 1,1995,
respectively.    Methyl chloroform  production,
import, and  export will  follow  the  following
phaseout schedule:   50 percent reduction by
January 1, 1994; 85 percent reduction by January
1, 1995, and 100 percent reduction by January 1,
1996.

Japan  has  also  ratified  the revised  Montreal
Protocol. The recent Ozone Layer Protection Act
gives the Ministry  of International Trade and
Industry (MFTI) the authorization to promulgate
ordinances governing the use of ozone-depleting
compounds.  MITI and the federal Environmental
Agency have  established the  "Guidelines  for
Discharge Reduction  and Use Rationalization."
Based upon these guidelines, various government
agencies  provide  administrative  guidance  and
advice to the industries  under their  respective
jurisdictions.   Specifically,  Mm prepares and
distributes manuals and encourages industry to
reduce  the  consumption  of  ozone-depleting
compounds through economic measures such as tax
incentives to promote the use of equipment to
recover and  reuse solvents.  On May 13, 1992,
MITI requested its 72 Industrial Associations to
phase out CFC and MCF use by the end of 1995.

The  EFTA  (European Free Trade  Agreement)
countries (i.e., Austria, Finland, Iceland, Norway,
Sweden,  and Switzerland)  have  each adopted
measures   to  completely  phase   out   fully
halogenated ozone-depleting compounds. Some of
the  EFTA countries have sector-specific interim
phaseout dates for certain solvent uses.  Norway
and Sweden have eliminated their use of CFC-113
in all applications except textile dry cleaning by
July  1 and  January  1, 1991,  respectively.  In
addition, Austria will phase out CFC-113 in some
solvent cleaning applications  by January 1, 1994.
Austria,  Finland,   Norway,  and  Sweden  will
completely phase out their use of CFC-113 in all
applications by January 1,1995. Sweden also plans
an aggressive phaseout date of December 31,1994
for MCF.
Cooperative Efforts


TheU.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA)
works with industry to disseminate information on
technically   feasible,   cost   effective,   and
environmentally acceptable alternatives to ozone-
depleting substances.  As pan of this effort, the
U.S. EPA and ICOLP are preparing a series of
manuals  providing  technical   information  on
alternatives to CFC-113 and MCF.   Based on
actual industrial experiences, the manuals aid users
of CFC-113 and MCF worldwide in implementing
alternatives.

The first manuals in the series are:

•  Conservation and Recycling Practices for CFC-
   113 and Methyl Chloroform

•  Aqueous and  Semi-Aqueous Alternatives to
   CFC-113 and  Methyl Chloroform Cleaning of
   Printed Circuit Board Assemblies

•  Alternatives   for  CFC-113   and   Methyl
   Chloroform in Metal Cleaning

•  Eliminating CFC-113 and Methyl Chloroform in
   Precision Cleaning Operations

•  No-Clean Soldering to Eliminate CFC-113 and
   Methyl Chloroform Cleaning of Printed  Circuit
   Board Assemblies

•  Eliminating CFC-113 and Methyl Chloroform in
   Aircraft Maintenance Procedures.

This manual describes a simply structured program
to help eliminate the use of CFC-113 and/or MCF
in  an  electronics  manufacturing  facility.   The
manual  presents "no-clean"  soldering processes
available for the  electronics industry.  The typical
product being manufactured will be printed circuit
board assemblies that consist of a rigid epoxy glass
resin laminate with through-hole components and
bottom and/or top-side surface mount technology.

-------
 8

 The manual:

 * ProvKjes a methodology to select a "no-clean"
   prr,..»vs

-• Includes  summary  charts  that  present  an
   overview of the'no-clean'processes discussed in
   this manual

 • Details characteristics of "no-clean* soldering
   processes

 • Outlines   the   process   and  equipment
   characteristics of these alternatives

 • Discusses the costs associated with each "no-
   clean"  process

 • Presents detailed  case  studies  on  industrial
   applications of these technologies.

 This manual will benefit all users of CFC-113 and
 MCF  in  the electronics  industry.  Ultimately,
 however,  the success of any CFC-113 and MCF
 elimination  strategies  will depend upon how
 effectively reduction and elimination programs are
 coordinated within a facility or organization. The
 development and implementation of alternatives to
 CFC-113  and MCF for electronics cleaning present
 a demanding challenge to any organization.  The
 rewards  for successfully  implementing  these
 procedures  are  the  contribution  to  global
 environmental  protection  and the  increase  in
 industrial efficiency.

-------
STRUCTURE OF  THE MANUAL
This manual is divided into the following sections:
   •  METHODOLOGY FOR SELECTING A CLEANING OR 'NO-CLEAN* PROCESS

      This section discusses technical and economic issues that should be considered when selecting a
      cleaning process.

   •  SUMMARY CHARTS

      This section presents two summary charts that match cleaning and no-clean processes with a variety
      of evaluation criteria.

   •  INTRODUCTION TO NO-CLEAN OPTIONS

      This section presents three no-clean  choices:  no-clean fluxes, no-clean pastes, and controiie
      atmosphere soldering to enhance process results.

   •  PROCESS DETAILS

      This section describes the equipment that is typically associated with no-clean processes.

   •  QUALIFICATION OF NO-CLEAN MATERIALS AND PROCESSES                        II

      This section lists information on material and process requirements as well as the test methods used!
      to qualify a no-clean process.                                                       I]

   •  ECONOMICS OF NO-CLEAN PROCESSES

      This section details the costs associated with implementing each of the no-clean options discussed in
      the manual.

   •  ENVIRONMENTAL, HEALTH, AND SAFETY ISSUES

      This section  discusses  issues associated with no-clean processes which might affect human at!
      environmental health and safety.

   •  CASE STUDIES OF INDUSTRIAL PRACTICES

      This section  provides specific examples of actual  industrial  applications of no-clean  soldering
      processes.

-------
10

-------
                                                                                   11
METHODOLOGY FOR SELECTING A CLEANING
OR NO-CLEAN  PROCESS
The methodology used to select a no-clean process
for printed circuit boards (PCBs) must take into
account a number of important, considerations.
These can  be  grouped  into  two categories:
technical and economic
Technical
   The  factors  that  determine  technical
   feasibility include:

   •  Compliance with specifications

   •  Defect rate

   •  Customer return issues

   •  Industry direction

   •  Cosmetic appearance of the PCBs

   •  Ability   of  supplier   to   meet
      specifications

   •  Process flexibility

   •  Process control

   •  Process throughput

   •  Time scale

   •  Health,  safety,  and environmental
      concerns

   •  Future costs

   •  Availability of the process
 •  Process installation

 •  Process compatibility

 •  Floor space requirements

 •  Operating  and  maintenance
    requirements

 •  Other selection criteria related to the
    specific application
Compliance With  Specifications.   Military or
civilian contracts or specifications may strictly
define process parameters and performance.
For example, military and other high reliability
specifications  frequently  require  conformal
coatings. Excessive residue often causes surface
defects such as vesication. A military contractor
may have to ensure that the chosen process will
decrease or eliminate this type  of defect,
whereas this would not be a concern for other
types of electronic products without conformal
coating.   Before selecting any new process,
current and  future  customer requirements
should be considered.

Defect Rate. This is defined as the rate at which
parts fail to meet quality standards.  The impact
of any  cleaning  or no-clean  process on
downstream processes such as testing, post-wave
assembly  and,   subsequent  hardware
requirements must be evaluated for their effects
on defect rate.  Consider the  possibility that
using a new cleaning or no-clean process may
require the purchase of new components that
are compatible with the new process.

Customer Return Issues. This factor is concerned
with the percent of units returned, how  easily
returned units can be repaired, and how well

-------
12
  repairs and modifications  can be done in the
  field.

  Industry Direction. Investing in a process that is
  supported by industry direction  may decrease
  costs.  Unlike standard equipment, specialized
  equipment frequently means higher costs for
  parts and service, limited  reliable sources for
  providing technical assistance, and higher risks.

  Cosmetic Appearance  of the PCBs.  Although
  visual appearance unrelated to- performance is
  becoming less important, some customers still
  demand visual  standards of cleanliness for
  electronic components.

  Ability of Suppliers to Meet Specifications.  The
  quality of incoming boards and components is
  critical to the success of a  no-clean process.  It
  is essential that suppliers deliver boards free
  from oxidation  and other contaminants since
  there  will be no further  cleaning during the
  manufacturing process. In cases where boards
  will be cleaned using an  alternative process,
  incoming board cleanliness is  less of a concern.

  Process Flexibility. This factor is defined by the
  number of different types of technology that can
  be efficiently soldered with the new process.  It
  also   considers   compatibility  with  typical
  materials.

  Process Control   Process control refers to the
  ease   of  operation  and   manipulation of a
  soldering or cleaning process.  Simple processes
  are often  better from the standpoint of process
  control. A second part of this issue involves the
  tools and techniques  that insure  the process is
  operating as expected. A process that cannot be
  easily controlled or audited is not desirable.

  Process  Throughput.    Throughput  is more
  important to  the success of a no-clean process
  than  it is to an alternative  cleaning process.
  No-clean  soldering may not be applicable  for
  some  low-volume manufacturing processes or
  for shops using a large  number of different
  components.    Low-volume  shops  often buy
  small  quantities of components which may sit
  for several years  in inventory.   While  the
  components may arrive clean from the supplier,
  they are iikely to become contaminated while in
  storage —  a factor which  adversely affects
  solderability.r     In   high-volume   shops,
  components move quickly out of inventory and
  are less likely to become contaminated.

• Time Scale.  The conversion of an  existing
  process  may  require  the  removal  of  old
  equipment, the installation of new equipment,
  connecting the services, performing acceptance
  trials, establishing manufacturing protocols, and
  implementing them into production. It may be
  necessary to begin with zero planned production
  initially, and  then slowly  ramp-up  to  full
  production.

• Health, Safety, and Environmental Concerns. The
  U.S.   EPA  is  conducting  an  overall  risk
  characterization for substitutes  under Section
  612:  Safe  Alternatives Policy of the Clean Air
  Act of 1990.  This involves a comprehensive
  analysis  based on ozone-depletion potential,
  flammability, toxicity,  exposure  effects, energy
  efficiency,  degradation impacts, air, water, solid
  waste/hazardous   waste   pollution  effects,
  environmental  releases, and global warming
  potential.

• Future Costs.    This  consideration  requires
  evaluating conditions such as escalating waste
  disposal costs and major expenditures associated
  with pending control legislation.

• Availability of Process.  "Availability* is different
  from  "industry   direction."     "Availability*
  concerns   whether vendors  can  provide the
  equipment and supplies for  the process to be
  implemented.  For example, some alternatives
  might be available only from a few  vendors in
  specific geographic areas.

• Process Installation. This is the work that will be
  required to put the system into production and
  includes physical installation of  the  process,
  material handling considerations, and employee
  training.

• Process Compatibility. The fewer the number of
  changes caused by  the proposed process,  the
  more likely  that  the  changeover  will  be
  successful. Upstream and downstream process
  adjustments  required  for a changeover should
  be considered.

-------
                                                                                                 13
  Floor Space Requirements.  The total amount of
  space available and its value have a significant
  impact on process selection.  In some instances
  permits may be required before installing a new
  process.  When compared to traditional vapor
  degreasing, no-clean processes will require less
  floor space  while  most  alternative cleaning
  processes will require more floor space.

  Operating and Maintenance Requirements,  Each
  new process  will require the development  of
  operating  and maintenance procedures.   In
  some instances  a new process  might  require
  additional  labor  to  operate  and may  require
  special operator training, while in others, the
  amount of necessary labor may decrease.
Economic
   The factors that determine the economic
   feasibility include:

   •   Cleaning process and equipment

   •   Waste stream

   •   Plant size considerations

   •   Process time

   •   Process material consumption

   •   Labor

   •   Utility costs
   expense  and  environmental  risk  previously
   associated with disposal of the solvent.

 • Plant  Size  Considerations.  An  increase  in
   necessary floor space may require expansion or
   remodeling of a manufacturing facility.

•• Process Time, The amount of time which it takes
   to produce a finished board may have a direct
   impact on the cost associated with a particular
   board assembly process. In most cases,  it takes
   less time to solder a board  using a no-clean
   process  than  it does to solder, clean, and dry
   boards in a traditional process.  In general, the
   longer it takes to produce  a board  the higher
   the overall cost of the process will be.

 • Process Material Consumption.  The amount of
   raw materials consumed  in  the production
   process  will greatly affect process costs.  Raw
   materials to consider include flux, solder, and in
   some  cases,   nitrogen.    Solvent  costs  are
   eliminated in no-clean processes.

 • Labor. Changes in the amount or skill level of
   labor required to perform a particular assembly
   process  may affect process  costs.  In no-ciean
   processes,  the labor  costs  associated  with
   operation  of the  cleaning  equipment  are
   eliminated.

 • Utility  Costs.  The price  and consumption of
   electricity, water, and waste disposal to public
   utilities should be considered in evaluating a
   process.
  Cleaning Process and Equipment.   The  cost
  associated with  retrofitting or purchasing new
  equipment as well as the savings realized  by
  eliminating   other   equipment   should   be
  considered.

  Waste Stream. The  type and  quantity of waste
  generated as a byproduct from a manufacturing
  process can impact overall costs.  Eliminating
  the solvent  cleaning process  will  eliminate the

-------
14

-------
SUMMARY  CHARTS
                                                                                             15
This section focuses on two charts which highlight
technology applicable to specific requirements.
The remainder of the manual provides additional
detail about the various options.
Cleaning Options

The cleaning options chart shown in  Exhibit 4
presents  a   range   of  fluxing   and   cleaning
combinations that may be used successfully with
different  types of products.   Reviewing these
combinations is a first step in selecting  a process.

When  rosin  fluxes   are  used,  cleaning  with
hydrocarbon/surfactants or with saponifiers may be
necessary.  With water soluble flux/paste, plain
water  cleaning is  preferred  although aqueous
saponified or semi-aqueous  cleaning  are  also
applicable.  No-clean  processes may be  applicable
for  rosin-based flux  formulations used  with
through-hole, surface mount and mixed component
single- and double-sided boards.
Summary Matrix

The  second chart,  shown in Exhibit 5, provides
brief, relevant comments on the costs, applicability,
strengths,   and  weaknesses  associated  with
equipment configurations of six no-clean processes
discussed in this manual.

A brief explanation  of some of  the  criteria
displayed in Exhibit 5 follows:

Component  Issues.   Issues of concern  include
corrosion, failure of seal, effects on plastics, effects
on functional performance, removal of markings,
and the potential to trap flux residues.

Defect Kate.  This concern refers to the soldering
defect  rate  associated  with  a no-clean  process
relative to traditional soldering processes.
Waste Stream Issues. Process control, volume, local
regulations, and management decisions influence
this  highly  localized  issue.    Waste  stream
reductions are realized with no-clean processes
since disposal of spent solvent  is eliminated.  In
addition, there are no wastewater issues as there
are 'in   aqueous  and  semi-aqueous  cleaning
processes.  When soldering is performed in a
controlled atmosphere, less lead/tin solder dross is
formed.

Health  and Safety Issues.   These  issues include
toxicity,  flammability, odor, VOC concerns, and
occupational exposure to hazardous chemicals used
in no-clean processes.

Idle Time Cost.  Since soldering equipment is often
used less than 100 percent of the time, factoring in
the  cost of  ventilation,  nitrogen  flow  (for
controlled atmosphere systems) is important.

Process Cost.  The associated cost per square meter
of product is determined by a number of variables
at the local level.  The chart, however, presents a
likely reduction in cost by implementing a no-clean
process.

-------
16
Exhibit 4
CLEANING OPTIONS TO REPLACE
CFC-1 1 3 AND METHYL CHLOROFORM
!
I Kt»r:
PTH Plated Through Hole
SM Surface Mount
L========±======
/ // / / & / j// / //
PTH Rosin Rux
PTH Water-Soluble Flux
PTH Synthetic Activated
Flux
SM Rosin Rux
SM Water-Soluble Paste
Mix Rosin Rux
Top & Bottom
SM&PTH
Mix Water-Soluble Rtw
Top ft Bottom
SM&PTH

•No-Clean* Flux and Paste
Controlled Atmosphere Soldering
with No-Clean Flux and Paste
X


X

X

X
X
X








X









X


X

X


X
X

X
X
X
X


X
X
X
X
X
X
X
•

X

X
X

X




ram*

-------
17
su



1 Due to i
: Depend!
*Dencndc
4 For men
sDependc
Exhibits
MMARY MATRIX COMPARING NO-CLEAN PROCESSES
"f2
-------
18

-------
                                                                                          19
INTRODUCTION TO  NO-CLEAN  OPTIONS
Successful implementation of no-clean soldering
processes requires a detailed understanding of both
the soldering process and the materials used in the
no-clean  process.  As with traditional assembly
processes, the selection of fluxes and equipment
will continue to be an area in which there  are a
wide variety of available options, so users  must
consider  all of the properties,  capabilities, and
limitations associated  with each no-clean option.
When considering the use of a no-clean flux, no-
clean  paste, or  controlled  atmosphere,  select
materials and  equipment with  care since the
variability associated with no-clean processes  is
greatly reduced  relative to traditional soldering
operations.  To fully take advantage of this new
technology, users must acquire new knowledge and
must  form sound  judgements based   upon
engineering data and experience.

Switching to a no-clean processes will sometimes
require a shift in thinking on the pan of engineers,
management, and/or customers, due to the  small
amount of harmless residue which may remain on
a PCB that is no  longer cleaned after soldering.
While the residue may be benign and cause no
damage  to  the functional quality of the board,
cosmetic quality may be lowered. In any case, each
potential no-clean  user must weigh for themselves
the importance of cosmetics in their final product.

Eliminating post-solder cleaning necessitates that
greater  attention  be  paid to  the  boards and
components used  in the manufacturing process.
Boards and components must be sufficiently clean
prior to the soldering process, since residues will
no longer be removed in a post-solder cleaning
step. Many of the residues found on boards after
testing of a no-clean system can be attributed to
the boards and components arriving at the  plant
uncleaned.  Users of no-clean systems must ensure
that  their  suppliers  can meet  the  cleanliness
requirements  associated  with   the   no-clean
soldering process.  In addition, proper handling of
boards and components prior to soldering becomes
more vital when using a no-clean process.

There   are   several   options   available   to
manufacturers  which will  allow  for  soldering
without subsequent cleaning. These are:

• Continue normal soldering using an RMA flux
  or paste, but eliminate post-solder cleaning

• Use a  low-residue  type flux  or  paste  and
  eliminate the cleaning process

• Change the method of flux application for wave
  soldering so that the amount and placement of
  flux is  more precisely  controlled and  the
  cleaning step is eliminated.

In addition, some manufacturers may choose to
carry out the soldering operation in a controlled
atmosphere to reduce the level of oxygen present
during soldering.  Benefits associated with  this
switch  include  better  cosmetics,  better solder
wetting  characteristics,  improved  solder joint
quality,  and reduced solder  dross.   Potential
drawbacks associated with the use of a controlled
atmosphere include increased bridging, which  is
often related to board design.  However, as more
sophisticated  equipment  is  introduced,  the
incidence of bridging in controlled atmosphere
soldering will decrease.

This section provides a brief overview of the use of
alternative flux and paste  materials  as well as
describes soldering in a controlled atmosphere.
No-Clean Wave Solder
Fluxes

If soldering with  a  traditional flux and simply
eliminating  the   cleaning   process   yields
unsatisfactory results,  consideration  should  be

-------
20
given to changing the flux formulation. No-clean
is the classification given to fluxes whose residues
are benign and may be left on a printed circuit
board  (PCS) after  the soldering  operation is
completed.    Thus,  no  post-solder  cleaning
operation is required  and the use of CFC-113 or
methyl chloroform (MCF) is eliminated. There are
two general types of no-clean wave solder fluxes
available at the present time: low-solids no-clean
fluxes and the less frequently used high-solids no-
clean fluxes.   In addition, a new generation of
water-based low-residue fluxes is- currently being
developed. If successfully developed, water-based
low-residue  fluxes  will  be  useful  in meeting
stringent   VOC   requirements   in   many
nonattainment areas.
Low-Solids No-Clean Fluxes

A typical low-solids, low-residue flux will contain
0.5 to 4 percent  solids, while traditional rosin
fluxes contain 15 to 40 percent solids. Exhibit 6
shows  a typical  chemical  composition  of  a
traditional flux and a low-solids flux. The reduced
solids content results in less post-solder residue
remaining on the board,  ideally  eliminating the
need for cleaning.

Due to the decreased  solids content  of the flux,
flux placement on the board becomes extremely
important in ensuring that an adequate solder joint
will be  formed  and in  achieving  acceptable
cosmetic appearance..  Enough  flux must  be
Deposited on the board to facilitate the formation
of a good quality solder joint, but excess  flux will
result  in increased  residues,  thereby  possibly
interfering   with   bed-of-natls   testing   and/or
adversely affecting board  cosmetics.   For  this
reason, traditional foam and wave fluxing methods
may be considered unsatisfactory as they can result
in an excessive amount of flux being deposited on
the PCB.  Therefore, manufacturers using low-
solids fluxes often opt for the use of an alternative
flux delivery method. Spray fluxers are a popular
alternative because the amount and pattern of flux
delivered can be closely controlled. Spray fluxing
will be discussed in greater detail in the ponton of
this manual devoted to equipment requirements.
    Low-Solids No-Clean Fluxes

    • Contain only 0.5 to 4 percent solids

    • Eliminate the need  for post-solder
       cleaning   for   cosmetic   purposes
       because their reduced solids content
       results in less residue

    • Can be used in existing wave soldering
       machines

    • May be  applied with a  variety of
       fluxing methods  (foam, wave,  and
       spray)

    • May affect  solderabtlity and  board
       cosmetics

    • May  require  adjustment  of  the
       amount and pattern of flux deposited

    • May leave flux residue that can make
       product   testing  more    difficult,
       especially in cases where "bed-of-nails"
       testing is conducted.
High-Solids No-Clean Fluxes

High-solids  fluxes are  the other no-clean flux
option.  They are similar in nature to their low-
solids counterparts, but with solids contents in the
range of 15 to 40 percent.  High-solids no-clean
fluxes have been used in Europe for several years,
but they have failed to gain widespread acceptance
in the U.S., primarily due to cosmetic preferences
of PCBs. The higher concentration of flux residue
which remains on the board may also result in
increased  tackiness,  test   probe   penetration
problems,  electrical  problems,  and  reduced
aesthetics. These residues, however, lock corrosive
residues in a  safe matrix, thereby providing a
method for controlling long-term corrosion caused
by stronger activation packages.

-------
                                                                21
                             Exhibit 6
Composition of Traditional and Low-Solids Flux
        Solvents 60%
                     Activator 5%
        Rosin 35%
  Solvents 97%
                Activator < 2%
                Surfactant/
                Inhibitor < 1%
    Traditional: Total Solids = 40%
Low Solids: Total Solids = 0.5 - 4%
 Source: Adapted from "Circuits Manufacturing," April, 1990

-------
22
    High-Solids No-Clean Raxes

    • Contain 15 to 40 percent solids.

    •• Used in-Europe and Japan, but not
       widely in the U.S.

    • May result in  increased  tackiness,
       reduced  testability,  and  electrical
       problems.     These  factors  may
       necessitate changes in the test probe
       and clamp used.

    • May produce boards that appear to be
       unclean but  which  meet  all  test
       criteria.
No-Clean  Solder Pastes

The simplest way in which a  reflow soldering
process can be convened to no-clean is to continue
soldering  using  a traditional  RMA paste and
simply eliminate  the post-solder cleaning step.  In
cases where  this switch  does  not result in a
satisfactory board, however, manufacturers may
choose to switch to a low-residue no-clean solder
paste.  These pastes can  be left  on the board,
thereby eliminating the need for solvent cleaning
using CFC-113 or MCF after reflow soldering.
After reflow, no-clean pastes leave a small amount
of residu~ on the board which  is usually not
visually detectable by the naked eye.
    Low-Residue No-Clean Solder Pastes

    • Eliminates  need for cleaning after
       reflow soldering processes

    • Leave harmless residue which is not
       visible with the naked eye

    • May require  use  in  a controlled
       atmosphere  to  produce  adequate
       solder joints.
Controlled Atmosphere
Soldering

In most cases, excellent soldering results can be
achieved in a no-clean process conducted in an air
atmosphere.   However, soldering in a controlled
atmosphere will  improve solder  joint  quality,
increase yield as a  result of  reduced  wetting
defects, improve cosmetic appearance by reducing
post-solder residue,  and significantly reduce  the
waste stream as less solder dross is produced.

In a controlled atmosphere soldering process, an
inert  gas,  usually nitrogen, is pumped  into  the
soldering chamber in order to reduce the level of
oxygen present at the time the soldering operation
takes place. Soldering in a controlled atmosphere
may reduce the amount of flux required to produce
an acceptable  solder joint. This reduction, in turn,
can reduce post-solder residue and eliminate  the
need for post-solder  cleaning.

Potential users of controlled atmosphere soldering
should be aware  of several  U.S. patents which
apply to soldering  processes carried  out  in a
controlled  atmosphere.   These  patents   (see
Appendix C for the complete text) are held by the
Linde Division of Union Carbide Industrial Gases:

   •  Patent  #5121875 - Wave Soldering Under
      an Inert Atmosphere

   •  Patent #4821947 - Soldering Without Flux

   •  Patent #5071058 - Control of Oxygen in a
      Soldering Process

   •  Patent #4823680 - Laminar Diffusers

Additional patents are held  by  other equipment
manufacturers and  gas suppliers, and  licensing
charges may  apply  with the use of controlled
atmosphere soldering.

As  a result  of the  switch   to  a controlled
atmosphere,  several changes  in  the  soldering
process occurred. In the case of wave soldering,
the controlled atmosphere can reduce the need for
flux if a sufficiently low level  of oxygen can be
achieved  in  the  soldering  module.    In  some
instances, manufacturers will be able to  eliminate
the use of a traditional or a no-clean flux in favor

-------
                                                                                                 23
of what is commonly referred to as a preparation
fluid (normally a solution of 1 to 2 percent adipic
acid in alcohol). Formic acid,  injected as a gas,
has been used in some applications to reduce dross
on the solder wave and to promote solder wetting.
               »
Another benefit  provided  by soldering in  a
controlled atmosphere is improved solder wetting.
One  supplier  of  industrial   grade  nitrogen
conducted extensive studies in which the wetting
force over time was measured in air and nitrogen
atmospheres  using a wetting balance!  The  tests
were conducted using copper wires which had  been
dipped into activated rosin flux.  Exhibit 7 presents
the results of the study and shows that, not only is
the wetting force for copper greater in a nitrogen
atmosphere, but the wetting time is approximately
32 percent shorter as well.
     Controlled Atmosphere Soldering

     • Reduces oxygen levels in the solder
       area significantly by using nitrogen;
       levels below 10 ppm are possible

     • Can be used in conjunction with no-
       clean fluxes and no-clean solder pastes

     • Can be used in both wave and reflow
    .   soldering processes

     • May completely eliminate the need for
       flux

     • Can be  easily adapted  to  existing
       equipment  by the  use  of  several
       available retrofit options

     • Improves joint quality and  reduces
       wetting defects'and solder dross

     • May result in increased bridging.

-------
24
150
100
50
0
•SO
-100
• 150
-200
•250
0
Source:
«
Wetting Con
and Air w

,/
/
I / /
//
/••'
v/
'..'


X"
/
/ "






Nitrogan







Exhibit?
iparison Bet
rS+U A M*n>M*«»«
ritn Activatec


















ween Nitroc
i Rosin Flux


















pen
1) The matting firm b 32%
snortar in nitreoan thin
to**.
2) The final wetting faro* It
S0% OMBlvr In nwoocci
thcnlnalr.
3) Tna final WNrtttng fern in
nttragan ia MM^wMIe
tha final watting ram In
air continually dscrMMS.
1 234567
Union Carbide Industrial Gases4Jnde Division «*«»*•

-------
PROCESS DETAILS
                                                                                           25
As  mentioned earlier, switching to a no-clean
soldering process  can be accomplished  through
several process changes, including the removal of
the cleaning step, changing the 'method of flux
application in wave soldering, changing the flux or
paste formulation, and soldering in a controlled
atmosphere.   Deciding which of these options is
most beneficial depends  on a  number of factors
which are specific to each manufacturing facility.

This section describes these options as they apply
to both wave soldering and reflow soldering.  In
addition, a detailed discussion of equipment and
process modifications is presented for each option.
No-Clean Wave Soldering

Traditional wave soldering operations consist of
two primary pieces of equipment:  a conveyorized
wave  solder  machine  and a  solvent cleaning
machine.   No-clean  wave soldering operations
require only the conveyorized wave solder machine.
Although  these machines may  differ in size, all
have the same basic modules.

The primary considerations in switching to a no-
clean  wave soldering process  include the  flux
selection, the method of flux application, and the
process  profile. This section describes no-clean
wave soldering operations and discusses the critical
process  details which affect the success of a no-
clean operation.
No-Clean Wave Soldering in Air

Wave soldering without cleaning can be performed
in an air atmosphere in a variety of ways. The first
is to continue'using traditional fluxes while simply
eliminating the cleaning  process.   This is the
simplest method and should be tested before any
investments are made in equipment retrofits or
    No-Clean Wave Soldering

    •  Can  be performed  in an  air  or
       controlled atmosphere

    •  Can  often  be  implemented using
       existing equipment and no-clean fluxes
       with little or no retrofit

    •  Requires  little   additional  worker
       training because Operation is similar
       to traditional soldering

    •  Eliminates   costs  associated  with
       purchase, operation, and maintenance
       of cleaning equipment
purchases. In most cases, the results of such a test
will be excessive residue and/or testability issues
which are unacceptable to the manufacturer and/or
the customer.    As a  consequence, additional
process changes may be required to convert to a
no-clean process.

The logical next step is to change  the flux
formulation  and  possibly  the method  of flux
application.  A change in flux formulation usually
means a switch to either a low-solids no-clean flux
or  a  high-solids  no-clean  flux.   Numerous
formulations of these fluxes are currently available
on the market, so manufacturers are able to test a
large number in their current equipment.

A change  in  the method of flux  application
involves  the addition of a  stand-alone  fluxing
module  or  retrofit  of the  existing  soldering
machine. There are three types of flux application
methods which have proven successful in no-clean
applications:,  foam, wave, and spray.   General
performance characteristics of each  of the flux
application methods are shown in Exhibit 8. The

-------
26
                         Exhibits

         PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS OF FLUX
                  APPLICATION METHODS


                        I (•Mill
                          i SOL
        .<*.«*»,_«-
        «U»BMk*MM

-------
                                                                                                 27
following is a summary of each  method, how it
works, and issues associated with  its use.

•• Foam Flwdng. Foam fluxing has traditionally
   been  the  most  widely  used method of  flux
   application in, the electronics industry.  In this
   process, flux is bubbled up to a foamy head by
   forcing air through one or more porous stones
   or tubes located under the flux bath.  The PCB
   then passes over the foam head and flux  is
   deposited  on  the  board.    To reduce  safety
   hazards, it is possible to substitute nitrogen for
   air in this application method.

   The benefits  associated with the use of foam
   fluxing include its current widespread use, the
   absence of any uncontrollable  health or safety
   impacts, and its relatively low cost  Drawbacks
   of  using  foam   fluxing  center  on  the
   characteristics of flux deposition.  When using
   a foam fluxer, controlling the amount of flux
   deposited on a board is difficult. In addition, it
   is possible to deposit flux on the top side of the
   board. This can have significant implications in
   a no-clean process  because  it  results in more
   flux  residue,  which can  cause  subsequent
   cosmetic and/or testing problems.

• Wave Fluxing. Wave fluxing  is  similar to wave
   soldering in that the PCB passes over a wave of
   flux, just as it later passes over the solder wave.
   Wave fluxing is considered versatile because
   most liquid  fluxes  can be applied in  this
   manner.   As with  foam fluxing, the  major
   difficulties in wave  fluxing are controlling the
   amount of flux deposited, and controlling the
   tendency to deposit flux on the top side of the
   board. Maintaining the proper wave height is
   vital to avoid applying too much or too little
   flux. Some new wave fluxing equipment reliably
   controls the amount of flux deposited.  Other
   manufacturers,  however, are still working to
   achieve this control in their equipment.

• Spray Flwdng. In some cases,  the traditional
   methods of flux application - foam  and wave
   fluxing  -  are  not used  in  no-clean wave
   soldering because they may apply too much flux.
   Instead, many users  are opting for spray fluxing,
   a method in which a thin layer of flux is applied
   through a finely controlled mist. Spray fluxers
   have the advantage of being able to consistently
   apply the same amount of flux in  the same
  pattern while *also reducing flux consumption.
  In addition to maintaining consistency,  spray
  fluxers allow deposit rates to be varied  easily
  and closely controlled. Recently, a new type of
  spray fluxer was introduced to the market. This
  fluxer is based on precision microjets of flux
  which are triggered  on and  off  as  the flux
  applicator moves quickly under the board. This
  equipment can achieve flux deposition thickness
  of 600 micrograms per square inch and higher.
  In addition, the application device exhibited no
  problems with clogging during development and
  testing.

  While all flux application methods have safety
  risks associated with them, these risks are often
  greater  with  spray  fluxers.    Since  fluxes
  traditionally  contain significant  amounts of
  flammable solvents, special safety measures are
  needed to reduce both flammability risks and
  odors associated with  the flux vapor.   The
  flammability   and  vapor  exposure risks  are
  generally higher in spray fluxing than in foam or
  wave fluxing.  These increased risks necessitate
  that spray fluxing take place in well-ventilated
  areas which  are equipped with sufficient fire
  control devices.

  If spray fluxing is selected, the fluxing module
  on the soldering machine  can be replaced with
  a spray unit  Another option for convening to
  spray fluxing is to purchase a  new fluxing unit
  which can  be  placed before the  soldering
  machine as a new module.  Several companies
  manufacture stand-alone spray fluxers which can
  be installed  on an existing production  line.
  These units usually consist of a short  conveyor
  with a spray  unit mounted under the  conveyor
  and   a  hood mounted above the  conveyor.
  Proper ventilation and fire control devices are
  required.

With the exception of the possibility of a new flux
application method,  the remaining steps  in the
soldering  process are  the  same for  no-clean
processes as for traditional soldering operations.
However,  the process window (a measure of the
flexibility of a soldering process) is reduced when
using a no-clean process.

After the flux  has been applied  to  the PCB by
foam, wave, or spray fluxing,  the board moves into
the preheat zone of the wave soldering  machine.

-------
28
Preheating of the board is an important part of the
soldering  process  as it  performs several vital
functions:

  • •  reduces the risk of thermal shock which can
      damage Jhe board and/or components
  ••  removes flux volatiles
  -•  activates the flux chemistry
  ••  removes the oxide layer on the board.

The more volatile no-clean flux chemistry results in
a  process window  much  smaller   than  that
associated with conventional fluxes.  As a result,
specific preheat temperatures and solder contact
angles are vital to ensure proper flux activation
and the formation of good quality solder joints.
Under-  or over-heating of the board must  be
avoided as the flux may either not activate or may
burn. Production engineers should work with the
flux manufacturer to  determine  the optimum
soldering process profile.
     No-Clean Wave Soldering in Air

     • Three options:  1) existing equipment
       with existing flux, 2) substitute a no-
       clean flux, 3) substitute an alternative
       flux application method

     • Can be performed with foam, wave, or
       spray fluxing

     • Spray  fluxing can be  implemented
       relatively  cheaply due  to  reduced
       operating costs

     • Process window becomes smaller than
       in traditional soldering.
Retrofitting   Existing  Equipment  for
Controlled Atmosphere Soldering

No-clean  soldering in air frequently  does not
produce the highest quality, the most satisfactory
cosmetics,   and   the   desired   waste  stream
characteristics. Consequently, some manufacturers
choose to perform the wave soldering operation in
a controlled  atmosphere.   In many cases  it is
possible to retrofit existing wave solder machines
for controlled atmosphere soldering.

For  operation  with a controlled  atmosphere,
traditional  wave  soldering  machines must  be
retrofitted  with a hood  to  control  the  oxygen
content in the soldering module.  The hood  seals
a portion of the machine so  that nitrogen can be
pumped in and  oxygen  displaced.  At the present
time, at least two manufacturers  offer nitrogen
retrofit packages.   Regardless of the  retrofit
chosen, users should be aware that there are at
least four patents (see  Appendix C for copies of
these patents)  owned  by a major  supplier of
industrial   gases  which apply  to  the  use  of
controlled atmospheres in soldering processes.

One  type  of retrofit  which facilitates  using a
controlled atmosphere  is a hood which is placed
only over the solder pot area only.  This is a
simple retrofit which can be completed in a short
amount of time  in the  manufacturing facility.
Although it is the  least expensive available retrofit
for soldering in  a controlled atmosphere, it is also
the least gas efficient The other retrofit is a hood
which covers both the  preheat modules  and the
solder pot.   This  retrofit results  in low oxygen
levels, while using less  nitrogen than the solder-
pot-only retrofit   Due to the size of the "long"
hood, this  retrofit is sometimes installed by the
wave soldering equipment   manufacturer.   The
installation procedure may require that the entire
wave  soldering  machine  be  shipped  to  its
manufacturer.
New Equipment Options for Controlled
Atmosphere Soldering

Three types of specially designed equipment are
available for no-clean soldering operations. The
first,   an   open-tunnel   machine,  allows   an
uninterrupted  flow of boards to be soldered in a
controlled  atmosphere.  The second,  a sealed-
tunnel machine, can achieve extremely  low levels
of oxygen in the solder area but does not allow an
uninterrupted  flow of boards. A third option uses
a  partially-closed  tunnel  with carefully  focused
nitrogen injected  to reduce oxygen concentration
using less  nitrogen than other methods.  These
machines differ significantly in mechanical design.

-------
                                                                                            29
Open-TumuL  An open-tunnel wave soldering
machine has curtains at the entrance to the
preheat module and at  the exit of  the solder
module to trap nitrogen in the machine and to
prevent significant  amounts  of oxygen from
entering the machine.   However, because the
curtains on these machines are limited in their
ability to trap sufficient nitrogen within  the
tunnel, open-tunnel machines may require  a
significant  amount  of  nitrogen to  achieve
sufficiently low oxygen levels.  Despite the fact
that open-tunnel machines may consume more
nitrogen than sealed-tunnel machines, they are
popular because they allow continuous high-
volume processing of boards or pallets.

Seaied-TunneL   For operations which require
strict control of the atmosphere in the preheat
and solder  modules,  a  sealed-tunnel  wave
soldering  machine  is currently available on
world markets. In these machines, entrance to
and exit from the controlled atmosphere area of
the  machine   is made  through  a  vacuum
chamber.  The principle behind this procedure
is similar to that of an  airlock.  The  product
(board  or pallet)  moves into  the entrance
vacuum chamber and all of the oxygen in the
chamber is  removed.   Pumps  then  fill  the
chamber with  nitrogen and  the chamber is
opened to allow the product to move to the
preheat module. After the product passes over
the solder wave, it moves into the exit vacuum
chamber.  Nitrogen is then removed from the
exit vacuum chamber before the product exits.
These vacuums ensure that little oxygen enters
the machine, thereby providing strict control of
the  atmosphere.     The   major  drawback
associated with these machines is their relatively
low throughput compared to that of their open-
tunnel counterparts.

Partialfy-CIosed  Tunnel    A  third type  of
controlled atmosphere  soldering system  has
recently been developed which combines a dual
wave  with  a  focused  nitrogen supply in  a
partially closed tunnel.  Unlike  the  other
machines, the  nitrogen gas  is  not captured
around the solder pot. Rather, it is introduced
from focused slots  immediately  ahead of and
immediately after  each solder wave.   The
focused use of nitrogen results in a significantly
lower  nitrogen consumption  when  compared
with the open- and sealed-tunnel equipment.
  Users of  this  third  design  have  reported
  satisfactory soldering with a decrease in solder
  bridging.  This type of focused nitrogen system
  can also be installed  as a  retrofit on existing
  soldering  equipment  with   relatively  little
  difficulty.   The  safety  of  this  design  is
  comparable to that of other nitrogen soldering
  systems.   However, since  there  is no actual
  tunnel, safety enhancements  should  include
  special ventilation for fumes and solder spatter
  shields.

In the  case  of either  the  open-,  sealed-,  or
partially-closed tunnel machines, if the objective is
to minimise oxygen levels, special attention  must
be given to  the location(s)  where  the  oxygen
concentration levels  are measured.  In order to
make an accurate comparison between  the  three
types of machines, oxygen levels on each machine
must be measured using the same oxygen meter at
a similar location.  The use of formic and other
acids in  flux formulations may adversely affect the
performance of some oxygen analyzers. Care  must
be taken in the selection and operation of the
analyzer.
No-Clean  Reflow Soldering

The  simplest  way to  convert  from traditional
reflow soldering with a standard RMA paste to a
no-clean reflow process is to leave the soldering
process  unchanged and eliminate the post-solder
cleaning step.  To clean  stencils, a number of
cleaning processes can be  used in place of CFC-
113 or  MCF. These include isopropyl alcohol,
semi-aqueous cleaners, and other cleaners.  Many
manufacturers have been successful in phasing out
CFC-113 and MCF cleaning in this manner.

However, if  this simple  modification  does  not
provide  adequate board quality characteristics, a
switch to a low-residue no-clean solder paste may
be warranted.  As with wave soldering, additional
cosmetic quality can be achieved by conducting the
soldering operation   in  a controlled nitrogen
atmosphere.

While  the  low-residue   paste  can  often   be
substituted for  the  traditional  RMA paste  in
existing   equipment,  soldering  in a  controlled
atmosphere requires either the retrofit of existing

-------
30
reflow ovens  or the  purchase of  a specially
.designed nitrogen-capable oven.  If a controlled
atmosphere is introduced, it may be possible to use
either a traditional  RMA paste or a low-residue
no-clean solder paste.    In either  case,  it is
important  to  ensure that the paste chosen is
compatible with the atmosphere in which the
soldering operation will be carried out, be it air or
nitrogen.
Retrofitting 'Existing  Equipment
Controlled Atmosphere Soldering
tor
     No-Clean Reflow Soldering  '

     • Can be implemented in most existing
       equipment

     • Eliminates the  need for  extensive
       worker re-training

     • Eliminates   relatively   expensive
       cleaning costs

     • Is enhanced  when performed  in an
       inert atmosphere.
 No-Clean Reflow Soldering In Air

 The selection of a no-clean solder paste entails the
 consideration of several factors. The slump, tack,
 and deposition characteristics may be different
 from the current paste, thereby requiring  nev,
 stencils of a different thickness  or opening to
 deposit the same amount of paste.  In addition, the
 reflow process  window is smaller in a no-clean
 process.  As is the case with wave soldering, the
 temperature profile may need to be changed to
 ensure proper activation of the flux, removal of
 votatiles,  and  minimization  of  thermal shock.
 Consult with the paste manufacturer to verify the
 recommended  thermal profile for each solder
 paste.   Large boards with high  heat  sinking
 capability may pose a particular challenge.  All of
 these process changes, however,  can usually be
 accommodated in existing equipment.
Most existing reflow ovens can be retrofitted for
such operations.  Some reflow ovens, however, are
too open  and consequently  cannot be used for
controlled atmosphere soldering.  With such use,
nitrogen would leak out of the  oven at a rate
which is  too high  to adequately carry  out  the
soldering procedure to desired results. Therefore,
new equipment will be required to replace these
ovens.

Retrofitting reflow machines so  that they  can
maintain a nitrogen atmosphere involves several
procedures.  First, the machine should be checked
thoroughly for leaks and all leaks should be sealed
to ensure that oxygen does not enter the machine.
Second, nitrogen supply lines must be added to
introduce gas into the preheat and reflow modules
of the oven.  These supply lines should also be
checked for  leaks.   Third,  an oxygen monitor
should be installed  to allow workers to keep track
of the amount of oxygen present during soldering.
Finally, curtains must be installed at the entrance
to the preheat zone and at the exit from the reflow
zone to reduce air penetration into the machine
and to trap nitrogen inside.
New Equipment Options for Controlled
Atmosphere Soldering

Although it is usually not necessary to invest in
new equipment in order to implement a no-clean
reflow soldering process, soldering in a controlled
atmosphere may require new equipment.  This
need arises when the existing oven is not able to
be  adequately sealed to hold  nitrogen.   Since
traditional ovens are not designed to enclose a gas
within the preheat and solder modules, significant
leaks may occur when attempting to seal these
areas.   No-clean reflow  soldering machines are
similar to conventional reflow ovens but have an
open-tunnel with curtains at the entrance and exit
to allow the use of a controlled atmosphere.  In
these machines, the curtains enclose the preheat,
ramp-up, and solder modules and trap the nitrogen
gas in the machine.

-------
                                                                                         31
QUALIFICATION OF NO-CLEAN MATERIALS
AND  PROCESSES
The evaluation of a no-clean process involves both
materials qualification and process qualification.
Materials qualification includes not only testing the
flux or  paste  for  adequacy  but  considering
numerous other factors, including solder joint
quality, reliability,  interaction with solder  mask,
long-term corrosion, cosmetics, and solder balling.
Process qualification involves analyzing the board
after soldering.  Numerous factors can affect the
quality and reliability of a solder joint, including
material compatibility, component cleanliness, and
soldering process variables. This section describes
both the major considerations  in qualifying no-
clean  fluxes  and  solder pastes  and  the
recommended test methods and results required
for qualifying a no-clean process. The flux testing
results obtained  by  one   telecommunications
manufacturer are presented in Appendix D.
Material Screening

The qualification of a no-clean wave or reflow
soldering process begins with a thorough screening
of the materials (flux or paste). An preliminary
screening is performed to determine whether or
not the flux or paste will solder the components in
question.   This  simple preliminary screening
ensures  that poor candidates are  eliminated as
early in the  qualification process as possible,
thereby eliminating unnecessary testing.

After the preliminary screening is completed, the
manufacturer  should  be left  with a  small,
manageable number of candidates.  The next step
in the materials screening process is to perform a
variety of standard tests which have been designed
to evaluate the effect of fluxes, pastes, and their
residues on PCBs.

A large number of standard tests can be performed
in order to screen out unacceptable materials. The
recommended tests  and  required  results  differ
depending on the application and  the quality
standards which apply. However, the following five
tests are usually considered sufficient for qualifying
most materials:

• Copper Mirror
• Silver Chromate
• Corrosion
• Surface Insulation  Resistance (SIR)
• Electromigration.

There are two generally accepted sources for these
test procedures.  The first is the IPC-TM-650 test
methods manual, published by the Institute  for
Interconnecting and Packaging Electronic Circuits
(fPC).  The second is Issue 3 (December 1991) of
the Bellcore specification TR-NWT-QOQ078.

To achieve the highest possible reliability, a flux or
paste should achieve satisfactory results in each of
these tests.

Copper Mirror TtsL  The  copper mirror test is
recommended as  a  test  for  the short-term
corrosrviry of a  flux.  Specifically, it is used to
determine the level of copper removal caused by a
flux. The test should be performed according to
the methods described in IPC-TM-650, test method
13.32.

After  the test is completed, the uncoated glass
panel  is visually inspected to determine the extent
to which the flux induced corrosion of the copper.
If there is any instance of complete copper removal
on the test panels, the flux has failed the test.

Silver  Chromate.  The silver chromate test  is the
recommended test for determining the presence of
halides (chlorides and bromides) in a flux.  This
test  for  halide  content  should  be performed
according to the procedures outlined in IPC-TM-
650, test method 2.3.33. Test results are evaluated
by visually inspecting the test paper to determine

-------
32
if any color change has occurred.  If halides are
present, the color of the test paper will change to
off-white or yellow-white.

Corrosion   Tea.  The  flux  corrosion  test  is
recommended ia order to determine the corrosive
propenies  of flux residues which remain on the
PCB  after  the soldering operation.  While the
copper  mirror and silver  chromate tests  are
chemical tests of the flux itself, the corrosion test
evaluates the effect of the flux residue remaining
after soldering. This test, which should be carried
out in accordance with the procedures outlined in
IPC-TM-650,  test method  2.6.15,  is especially
useful for evaluating the corrosrvity of flux residues
under extreme environmental (temperature and
humidity) conditions. In order to analyze the test
results, the test specimens are examined under 20X
magnification.   The presence of  a green-blue
discoloration indicates corrosion. Other changes
in color,  however,  do not necessarily  indicate
corrosion.

Surface Insulation Resistance (SIX)  Test. The SIR
test should be performed as pan of the flux or
paste qualification process to determine its long*
term  electronic reliability.   SIR testing involves
exposing standard test boards  to  temperature,
humidity,  and  an  electrical  bias  in order  to
determine board resistance.  The test should  be
carried  out in accordance  with the  procedure
outlined in  IPC-TM-650,  number  2.633,  or
according  to  paragraph   13.1.4  of  Bellcore
specification TR-NWT-000078.  To evaluate the
acceptability of the results, they are compared to a
standard value.  Too low an SIR value indicates
that long-term operation may cause circuit failure
due to shorts.

As shown  in Exhibit 9,  the primary differences
between the IPC and Bellcore SIR tests are the
temperature settings and the length of time after
which readings are taken.   In the IPC test,
measurements  of  the insulation resistance are
taken after 1, 4, and 7 days at conditions of 85'C
and 85 percent relative humidity. The test results
are   evaluated   using   the   4-   and   7-day
measurements. In the Bellcore test, measurements
are taken after 1 and 4 days at 35°C and 90 percent
relative humidity, with the 4-day result being used
to classify the flux or paste.
While the IPC lest does not specify exact minimum
SIR values as  pass/fail  criteria, the  Bellcore
specification does.  In the case of a test pattern
with 0.050 inch spacing, a minimum resistance of
1 x 10s megohms is required to qualify the flux or
paste.  If the IPC-B-25 board is used (spacing of
0.0125 inches), a minimum resistance value of 2 x
104 megohms must be achieved.

Electromigration. The electromigration test should
be  carried  out  as  described  in the  Bellcore
document TR-NWT-00078, Issue 3. After the test
is completed,  the test  samples  are  examined
visually using back-lighting and 10X magnification.
The product is said to pass the test if there is  no
evidence  of   electromigration   that   reduces
conductor spatings by more than 20 percent. The
test is considered a failure if heavy corrosion
occurs, although minor discoloration is considered
acceptable.
Process Qualification

The qualification of a no-clean  wave soldering
process depends on a wide variety of factors,
including:
   Solderability
   Quality
   Cosmetics
   Testability
   Repeatability.
Since u is highly unlikely that a single flux will be
superior in all of these categories, tradeoffs must
be  made selecting the correct  flux for a  given
process.

SoUenbUity. Solderability is the ability of a flux to
aid in the formation of a solder joint  Solderability
is  not  usually  a  significant  problem  when
substituting  a no-clean  flux  or  paste  for  a
traditional flux or paste, provided that soldering
process  parameters are correctly  adjusted and
adequately monitored.

Just as  important  as  the  flux and  paste is  the
Solderability of the components which are  being
soldered to the board.  In order to maintain board
cleanliness and overall Solderability, all

-------
                                                                                             33
                                           Exhibit 9
         Comparison of (PC and Bellcore SIR Testing Procedures
    Parameter


    Test Pattern



    Temperature

    Humidity

    Testing intervals

    Passing results
    1 Class III only.
    2 Classes I and II.
IPC-SF.818
IPC-B-25, B comb
       2ec1/50»c2

85 percent1/^ percent2

24, 96, and 168 hours

IxlO2 megohms
Bellcore  TR-NWT-000078
(Issue 3)

IPC-B-25, B comb (0.0125
inch spacing), or 0.050 inch
spaced board

35"C ± 2°C

90 percent

24 and 96 hours

IPC-B-25: 2X104 megohms
0.050 in:  IxlO5 megohms
components and the board itself must be clean.
Due to the reduced solids content of the flux used
in a no-clean process, pre-solder cleanliness  of
components becomes a major factor in maintaining
the solderability of the board.  You must ensure
that your suppliers provide you with sufficiently
clean and solderable components since they will
not be cleaned later in the assembly process.

Quality.   The quality of a soldered  board is a
measure  of the defect rate and is obviously the
most important consideration in qualifying a no-
clean wave or reflow soldering process.  Bridges,
skips, webbing, and other defects should be closely
monitored  in qualifying a process and in normal
operations.

Cosmetics.  The overall visual appearance  of a
board after soldering is an important consideration
in qualifying a no-clean Dux. Cosmetic appearance
does not affect the reliability or quality  of a
soldered  board.
                However, cosmetics are the primary reason for
                some manufacturer's choice not to switch to a no-
                dean flux.  In the case of high-solids no-clean
                fluxes, cosmetics are the major factor contributing
                to their  lack of large-scale penetration into the
                American  manufacturing  market    Conversely,
                these fluxes have gained widespread acceptance in
                Europe.   While the use of no-clean fluxes  may
                leave a visible residue on the board, the residues
                are  most  often  benign  and, given  good  flux
                selection, do  not affect  board  performance or
                reliability.  Controlling the amount of flux applied
                to the board impacts the amount of final residue.
                Thus, proper application can minimize the amount
                of residue.

                Testability. Testability is a measure of the ability to
                accurately  ,test   the  electrical   performance
                characteristics of the board after  assembly and
                soldering.   Testability often depends on  clean
                solder connections if pin-test Gxturing Is used.

-------
34
Repeatability. The term repeatability refers to the
ability to  produce  the same quality  of board
regularly  with  few  modifications  to  process
parameters.     Repeatability  is  essential  in
maintaining efficiency in the soldering process. A
soldering  process  which  varies  regularly  will
require that production be stopped frequently to
adjust the appropriate parameters and re-test the
operation.

Repeatability will often be more difficult to obtain
with a no-clean process than with  a traditional
soldering process because of two factors.  These
include:

   •   the  small process window within which the
       no-clean process is carried out
   •   the   frequent  monitoring  and  process
       auditing   required    because   of  the
       components' sensitivity to change.

These audits, however, ensure that all applicable
parameters are at optimal levels to cany out the
soldering operation.

-------
                                                                                         35
ECONOMICS OF  NO-CLEAN PROCESSES
Each of the no-clean processes described in this
manual  has  associated costs  (both  fixed and
variable) and offsetting benefits.   This  section
describes, for each no-clean process, the average
cost of implementing the process as well as any
benefits which might result from its use.

Regardless of  the  no-clean  process which  is
utilized, the largest benefits realized occur from
the complete elimination of the cleaning process.
Thus, facilities which switch to a no-clean soldering
process  save both  the  capital cost of  cleaning
equipment and floor space, and the material and
operating costs associated with the use of  the
cleaner, including  the elimination  of  solvent
disposal.
No-Clean Wave Soldering

Each of the options for instituting a no-clean wave
soldering operation (eliminate cleaning, .change
flux, change flux application method) at the least
eliminates entirely the post-solder cleaning step,
resulting  in savings in equipment expenditures,
solvent purchases, and solvent disposal costs. This
section describes the costs associated with each of
the no-clean wave soldering  options presented
earlier in the  Process  Details section of this
manual.
No-Clean Wave Soldering In Air

No-clean fluxes (low- or high-solids formulations)
can  sometimes  be  substituted  directly  for
traditional fluxes  with no  additional process
changes.  In this case, an overall savings usually
results since  both  the  solvent  and cleaning
equipment costs are eliminated.
In instances where  a manufacturer  wishes  to
retrofit existing wave soldering equipment for use
with a spray fluxer, there is a cost associated with
the purchase of this new equipment. Spray fluxers
are produced as  stand-alone  units by several
manufacturers and costs range from approximately
$4,500 to 120,000. There are additional benefits
associated with the use of a spray fluxer because,
due to the controlled nature in which a spray
fluxer applies flux to a board, a smaller quantity of
flux is consumed over any given period of time.
One manufacturer, for instance, has seen a flux
savings of 68 percent by switching to a spray fluxer.
In addition, many spray fluxers eliminate the use of
flux thinners.
Retrofitting Equipment for Controlled
Atmosphere Soldering

No-Clean  wave   soldering  in   a   controlled
atmosphere may be accomplished by retrofitting
existing equipment with a device such as a hood or
other innovative technique which permits nitrogen
inerting.

Depending on the type of hood chosen, the capital
cost of retrofitting existing equipment  typically
totals  between  $10,000 and  $30,000  for  the
addition of a nitrogen hood.  The lower cost is
associated with a nitrogen hood that covers the
solder  pot area only, while a hood which covers
the preheat and solder areas brings the cost to the
higher  end of the range. Additional costs arise in
the installation of piping to cany the nitrogen to
the soldering machine.  Installed piping costs an
average of $30 per foot, but can range from $15 to
$50 per foot. The total cost of piping depends on
the distance which the nitrogen is piped.
                            *       j
Purchasing   nitrogen   is  another  cost which
primarily depends  on  the size of the  area to be
controlled as well  as the amount of time during

-------
36
which the machine is operational. The amount of
nitrogen  required in these machines is usually in
the range of 1500 to 2000 cubic feet per hour (cfh)
and the cost of industrial grade nitrogen purchased
in bulk ranges from approximately $0.12 to 50.50
per 100 cubic feet (note that this cost varies with
the grade purchased and the country in question).
In  some newly  designed  retrofit packages, the
amount of  nitrogen required has been as low as
300-600 cfh.

Economic  benefits  from  retrofitting  existing
equipment  for  no-clean  wave  soldering  in  a
controlled atmosphere include the elimination of
the cleaning process as well as  the potential for
substantial  savings in flux and solder usage.  The
experience of several manufacturers has shown that
flux and  thinner savings in the range of 50 to 70
percent are possible with the addition of a spray
fluxer and  soldering in a controlled atmosphere.
In addition, a 50 percent reduction in the amount
of solder used is also feasible since solder dross is
often greatly reduced. A breakdown of traditional
soldering  costs  by component  is  shown  in
Exhibit 10.
New Equipment Options

The purchase of new equipment which is specialty
designed for controlled atmosphere wave soldering
will be significantly more costly than retrofitting
existing equipment. As mentioned earlier, two
types of equipment are available  — open-tunnel
a,,J sealed-tunnel machines. A typical open-tunnel
wave solder machine has a capital cost of $80,000
to 5300,000.  The range in cost is due to the large
number of  options  available, including  spray
fluxing  modules,  extra   preheaters, computer
controls, oxygen analyzers,  and bar code scanners.
Nitrogen  usage  in  open-tunnel  machines  is
generally between 700 and  2400 cfh.

A sealed-tunnel wave solder machine will often be
more expensive than an  open-tunnel  machine.
Unlike open-tunnel machines,  there are very few
manufacturers  of  fully   enclosed   soldering
equipment.  A typical model, which  costs  in the
neighborhood of  $300,000, consists  of a spray
fluxing module, preheaters, a solder module, and
entrance and exit vacuum  chambers.  Additional
options for  these  machines such  as  oxygen
analyzers  and bar  code  scanners  can  add
approximately  £30,000  to   the   capital   cost.
Nitrogen usage in a sealed-tunnel machine ranges
from 100 to 700 cfh.

The benefits which  can  be  achieved   from
conducting soldering operations in a  controlled
atmosphere include the costs associated with the
cleaning process which would have otherwise been
required as well as flux and solder savings. In the
case of both the open-tunnel and sealed-tunnel
machines, flux savings can be as high as 70 percent
(depending on the flux application method used),
and solder savings can be as high as 50 percent.
No-Clean  Reflow Soldering
The most cost effective method for converting a
traditional reflow soldering operation to a no-clean
operation is to use traditional pastes without post-
solder cleaning.   In this  case,  there are no
additional  costs  incurred,  and  the  expenses
associated with the  purchase  and operation  of
cleaning equipment are saved. If this change does
not produce acceptable results, the implementation
of a low-residue paste may affect the process cost.
The cost of a low-residue paste may be higher than
that of conventional pastes because it is produced
in smaller quantities.  In addition, new stencils may
be required for use with low-residue pastes.
Retrofitting Equipment for Controlled
Atmosphere Soldering

A controlled atmosphere can often be employed in
existing reflow ovens by performing retrofits to
ensure that nitrogen is adequately confined to the
soldering  area within the oven.   This  retrofit
involves ensuring that the equipment is leak-free as
well as installing nitrogen supply pipes from a tank
to the soldering machine.  Depending on the size
of the oven, the cost of such a retrofit can range
from $20,000 to $100,000.

In general, it takes  approximately one week to
retrofit  an oven so that it  can  accommodate a
controlled atmosphere.  An  oven which has been
retrofitted typically consumes approximately 2400
cfh of nitrogen and can achieve an oxygen level of

-------
                                               37
                   Exhibit 10
 Total Process Material Cost Breakdown
   For a Traditional Soldering Process
  Solder 46%
Flux & Thinner 13%
                         Cleaning Solvent 41%
Source: "Printed Circuit Assembly," March, 1989

-------
38
less  than 500  ppm,  although actual nitrogen
consumption and oxygen levels will depend on the
degree to which the tunnel has been successfully
sealed as well as the flux or paste being used. The
work atmosphere must maintain a sufficiently high
level of oxygen to ensure worker safety.
New Equipment Options

In cases where it is not possible to retrofit existing
ovens  to  adequately seal  nitrogen  within  the
tunnel,  a  nitrogen-dedicated  oven   can   be
purchased. These ovens are specially designed for
use with a controlled atmosphere and therefore
consume less nitrogen while achieving lower levels
of oxygen.  The cost of a new oven with nitrogen
capabilities can range from approximately $75,000
to $175,000. These ovens consume approximately
2000 cfh of nitrogen and can limit oxygen levels to
less than 20 ppm.

-------
                                                                                       39
ENVIRONMENTAL, HEALTH, AND SAFETY
ISSUES
Several issues relating to the environment, human
health, and. safety  must be  considered when
evaluating the various no-clean soldering processes
available. These are:

• Volatile organic compound (VOC) emissions

• Waste disposal

• Worker comfort and safety

Regardless  of  the  process used,  the  primary
environmental benefit realized is the elimination of
CFC-113 and methyl chloroform (MCF). Not only
will the reduced use  of CFC-113 and MCF have a
significant  effect on ozone layer depletion, but,
since these compounds are greenhouse gases, their
elimination will help to mitigate potential global
warming problems.  Other environmental, health,
and safety issues depend on the soldering process
chosen.
Environmental Issues

in addition to the effects of eliminating  the
impacts of CFC-113 and MCF on ozone depletion
and  global  warming,  there  are  additional
environmental  issues   to  consider  including
emissions of volatile organic compounds and waste
disposal.
Volatile Organic Compounds (VOCs)

VOCs are gases released into the atmosphere at
normal use temperatures during the  soldering
process.   VOCs  contribute to the  formation of
ground-level ozone (smog).  When compared with
a  traditional  soldering  and  solvent   cleaning
operation, a no-clean soldering process  results in
an overall reduction in VOC emissions.  VOC
emissions are increased from the use of low-solids
fluxes which  contain 0.5 to 5  percent  solids as
opposed to nearly 40 percent solids in traditional
fluxes.    The  remainder  of  the  low-solids
formulation is approximately 1 percent activator
and the balance is comprised of alcohol (usually
isopropyl alcohol). Therefore, depending on the
alcohol used  in a given flux formulation, VOC
emissions from low-solids no-clean fluxes may be
higher than those from traditional flux. However,
the elimination of the CFC-113 and MCF solvent
cleaning process will result in an overall reduction
of VOC emissions from board assembly processes
since both have traditionally been combined with
an alcohol. In addition, the use of a spray fluxer
and/or a controlled atmosphere may decrease flux
usage  by  approximately  50  percent,  thereby
reducing VOC emissions.  The net reduction in
VOC emissions will depend on the solids content
of the  flux  and the  cleaning  process  being
eliminated.
Waste Disposal

The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA)
classifies solder dross as a hazardous waste under
the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act
(RCRA). When compared with conventional wave
soldering operations, using no-clean fluxes results
in little change in  the amount of solder dross
produced.  In the case of controlled atmosphere
soldering, however, the reduced concentration of
oxygen present during  the  soldering operation
results in the formation of substantially less solder
dross, thereby reducing the amount of hazardous
waste produced.

In addition to a reduction in solder dross  waste,
the  elimination  of the  post-solder  cleaning

-------
40
processes will further reduce waste disposal needs
for assembly plants by eliminating disposal of spent
solvents or wastewater.
Health and Safety
There are several issues associated with no-clean
soldering processes which may affect the health
and safety of workers.  These include formic acid
usage in some controlled atmosphere  processes,
prolonged exposure to high-alcohol content fluxes,
and reduced oxygen atmospheres.
Formic Acid

Formic acid is currently used as a reducing agent
in  a  small number  of controlled  atmosphere
soldering  processes,  often  those  where  strict
soldering standards exist  Formic acid can have
potentially serious health  effects  for  workers.
Therefore, the  U.S.  Occupational  Health  and
Safety  Administration  (OSHA)   has   set  a
mandatory Permissible Exposure Limit (PEL) of 5
ppm  for formic acid.   The careful  handling  of
formic acid is critical.  Spills may result in the
need  to  evacuate the  manufacturing  facility,
resulting in a work stoppage that may  last  for
several hours.  Besides the hazard of formic acid
itself, metal formates are produced as a by-product
of the use of formic acid in soldering processes.
These waste products require that workers clean
the   soldering  equipment  regularly,   the>*.by
increasing their exposure to lead and requiring that
ail work be stopped during  the cleaning  process.
While the cleaning of equipment is more frequent
when formic acid is used than when it is  not, the
frequency of cleaning when  formic acid is used is
still over 50 percent less than in machines used to
solder in air atmospheres. In any processes where
formic acid is handled or used, safety showers, eye
wash  stations, and respiratory protection  must  be
available.
contained under«an exhaust hood. The fumes from
excess flux, if not  properly recovered, can cause
heart irritation  and  lung damage as  well as
headaches and upset stomachs.  Spray fluxers are
generally equipped with a timer and sensor which
switch the spray on when a board arrives, and turn
the spray off as the board leaves the fluxing zone.
This mechanism helps to minimize overspray and
reduces the hazards posed  by flux exposure. In
addition, because of their  high alcohol content,
liquid fluxes are often extremely irritating to the
eyes and skin with  repeated or prolonged contact.
In order to protect against these hazards, the use
of  protective  gloves  and  safety  goggles  is
recommended.

Regardless  of  the  flux  application   method
employed,  workers on production lines which
utilize no-clean flux formulations may experience
discomfort due to odor. The high alcohol content
of no-clean fluxes contributes to this strong odor.
Adequate workplace ventilation  is required to
ensure worker safety and comfort.

Reduced Oxygen Atmosphere

Another worker safety issue results from the use of
controlled atmosphere soldering equipment. If not
properly controlled, the  presence of  nitrogen
results in a deficiency of oxygen, thereby posing
potential danger to workers near the machine.
Workers must be sure that they do not place their
heads   inside  machinery   where  a   nitrogen
atmosphere is being maintained.  Doing so could
result in the  worker receiving insufficient oxygen
and blacking out.   Potential users of controlled
atmosphere soldering  should  consult with the
nitrogen supplier  as  well  as  the  equipment
manufacturer concerning  the  possible  hazards
associated with the handling and  use of nitrogen.
In  addition, facilities must ensure that adequate
ventilation is present  in the area in which the
nitrogen atmosphere is to be used.
Flux Exposure Issues

In facilities where production lines are modified
for the use of spray fluxers, precautions must be
taken  to ensure that any  overspray  of  flux is

-------
                                                                            41
MANUAL SUMMARY
This manual provides a structured program to evaluate the feasibility of a change to a no-
clean soldering process. It also provides a methodology for evaluating a variety of no-clean
soldering options. This information includes:
         An overview of the currently available no-clean technologies

         Major characteristics of the various types of no-clean soldering processes

         Detailed information on procedures to determine the applicability of a no-
         clean option in a specific manufacturing process

         Data on the cost of implementing the various no-clean options

         Information on environmental, health, and safety issues associated with no-
         clean processes.
The next section builds on this basic understanding of no-clean soldering processes and
presents detailed case studies of these applications as they are implemented in industry.

-------
42

-------
                                                                    43
CASE STUDIES OF  INDUSTRIAL PRACTICES
The following section presents actual industrial experiences with some of the alternative
technologies discussed earlier in this manual.

Mention of any company or product in this document is for informational purposes only and
does not constitute a recommendation of any such company or product, either expressed or
implied by EPA, ICOLP, ICOLP committee members, and the companies that employ the
ICOLP committee members.
     Case Study #1:  No-Clean Wave Soldering  in  a Controlled Atmosphere
                  Environment

     Case Study #2:  An Alternative Testing Method To Qualify No-Clean Processes

     Case Study #5:  Evaluation of No-Clean Processes at AT&T

     Case Study #4:  Flux Selection Criteria

     Case Study #5:  Spray Fluxing for Today's Soldering Processes

     Case Study #6:  Choice of a No-Clean Process at NCR.

-------
44

-------
                                                                                      45
CASE  STUDY #1:
"NO-CLEAN" WAVE
SOLDERING IN A  CON-
TROLLED ATMOSPHERE
ENVIRONMENT
Motorola (Government Electronics Group) joined
in a  Cooperative  Research  and Development
Agreement with Sandia National Laboratories and
Los Alamos National Laboratory to evaluate a no-
clean  solder   materials  system  for  military
applications.  The  study evaluated the physical,
chemical, electrical, and long term aging effects of
the no-clean system under varying environmental
conditions  and  using various  materials  and
concentrations.   After evaluating systems, the
research group  proposed using low-solids adipic
acid and gaseous  formic acid materials as  an
alternative  for  the  rosin flux  process which
required cleaning after wave soldering.

The adipic and  formic acid materials system has
been used successfully as a no-clean application in
many  commercial   installations.    Although
Motorola has six machine/material installations
similar to  the one described  here, none of the
installations has been evaluated for use in military
applications.

In this study, tests to evaluate ionic cleanliness,
chemical residues, and surface insulation resistance
(SIR) were performed on three different printed
wiring board (PWB) designs.  These designs also
included a group of electronically functional boards
that were subjected to an accelerated aging test to
simulate 20-year long-term storage conditions.

The IPC B-24 comb pattern circuit board served as
the SIR test vehicle; a general purpose Motorola
Test Board (MTB)  designed for through-hole
assembly served  as a vehicle for ionic cleanliness as
well as chemical and physical  testing; and a high-
volume production FMU-139 bomb fuse board
served as  the functional vehicle for long-term
storage testing.
A series of designed experiments subjected the test
boards  to  a  broad  array of process variables,
including   normal  process  conditions   and
concentrations of adipic and formic acids.
Evaluation of the Effects of
Wave Solder Machine
Parameters

The wave  soldering machine used during  this
program has several key features, including three
independent conveyors (flux, preheat, and solder),
a dual wave (turbulent chip and laminar), and an
ultrasonic spray head for the adipic acid flux.  The
extent  to  which the various  tests  could  be
controlled  allowed   the  research  group  to
methodically  evaluate the machine parameter
effects. The soldering process has many different
controllable parameters  that influence the visual
solder quality and ionic cleanliness of the PWB.
AU of these parameters were evaluated with the
designed experiments. The parameters include:

• Flux conveyor speed

• Preheat conveyor speed

• Solder conveyor speed

• Solder pot  temperature

• Wave angle

• Turbulent wave on/off

• Adipic acid percentage

• Formic-nitrogen flow.
Experiments
The effects of machine parameters were evaluated
to determine their contribution to PWB cleanliness
and  electrical , performance.   Because of  the
complexities of the PWB design, no single setting
for  machine parameters will provide uniformly
high visual quality for all products.  To evaluate as
broad  a  group  of  settings  as  possible,  the

-------
46
experiments were designed to use a realistic range
of ievels for machine parameters. . The levels
evaluated  represented the  extreme. levels  that
wouid potentially be used in processing PWBs.

Hie  effect  of each of the  designed experiments
were analyzed, and the subsequent experimental
design  was based upon this analysis.   With the
exception of the initial screening experiment, two
PWBs per cell were used in all of the tests. This
format not only allowed the research group to
evaluate a broad range of machine parameters, but
also yielded a significant amount of information on
the process and material effects.

The  study assessed three different PWB designs.
The  factors  and extreme  levels  for  alt of the
parameters  evaluated in  the  experiments are
presented in the following table:
         Factors          Low

  Flux conveyer speed       0.8

  Preheat temperature       80

  Time in solder pot        1

  Adtpic acid concentration   t

  Nitrogen flow in formic acid None


  Wave angle              S

  Solder pot temperature     245
    Hieh
1.4 meter/minute

130 degrees C

4 seconds

2 percent

7  liier/ain.
nitrogen

9 degrees

260 degrees C
The low and high levels of the factors shown above
are composites of all  the levels evaluated.   An
RMA flux was used as a control for this series of
experiments.

Specific test objectives were to demonstrate that
the process could produce hardware that:

• meets the military specification limits for ionic
   cleanliness and SIR

• does not degrade during typical  environmental
   conditioning
                      •  does not degrade with long-term storage.
                      Experiment Designs
The initial experiment consisted of a half fraction
2A5 screening experiment to evaluate the impact of
process parameters on solder joint  quality and
ionic cleanliness. The FMU-139 bomb fuse PWBs,
which were used to run this initial test are double-
sided,  0.092 inch  thick boards  for solder joint
quality  and   had  their  contamination  levels
measured in a Model 500R ionograph. The results
from  the initial  screening  were  analyzed  and
provided inputs for additional work evaluating
long-term storage characteristics.

The data from the  first experiment  provided
direction to form the basis for setting the levels for
the Long-Term Storage  (LTS) test conditions.
This experiment used machine  parameters  that
produced low  (3 to 5 micrograms sodium ton
equivalent), medium (5 to 7 micrograms sodium
equivalent), and high (20 to 30 micrograms sodium
equivalent)  tonic  contamination on FMU-139
bomb fuse boards.

The FMU-139 bomb fuse boards were electrically
functional and used to evaluate the effects of
cleanliness   on   degradation   of  electrical
performance in LTS conditions. In this portion of
the evaluation, three different machine parameters
were  used to  run the boards over the wave.
Control boards for the long-term storage  test used
an RMA flux as a control.  The boards from this
experiment were  subjected to an environmental
stress test to simulate 20 years in storage - 80°C at
40 percent humidity for 2522 hours.

The second experiment used the MTB as the test
vehicle.  The MTB is a double-sided, 0.062 inch
thick PWB, designed for through-hole components
such  as axial,  DIP, TO-99 components, and
connectors. The MTB has dry film solder mask on
both sides and was specifically designed to support
wave soldering process development.  A 2A5 full
factorial  experiment,  which  gave   a  64  cell
experiment with  two boards  per cell, was  used
during this ponton of the testing.

After running through the ceils in the experiment,
the  MTB  boards were subjected to ionograph

-------
                                                                                              47
testing   and   visual   examination.      After
environmental conditioning, the components  on
the MTB were tested electrically and mechanically.

The  third  experiment evaluated the  effects  of
machine setting-on two PWB designs used in this
series of testing - MTB and IPC-B-24 boards.  In
this experiment, the boards were subjected to ionic
cleanliness  testing, visual  inspection,  chemical
surface   analysis  via  high   pressure   liquid
chromatography (HPLC),  electron microprobe
analysis  (EMPA),  scanning  Auger  microscopy
(SAM), secondary ion mass spectroscopy (SIMS),
and  Fourier  transform  infrared spectroscopy
(FTIR).
Results
The results from the testing show that the no-clean
soldering process is capable of producing reliable
hardware whose visual quality is equivalent to that
achieved with the existing rosin-based flux followed
by cleaning.

The results from these tests were obtained from
experiments designed to incorporate a wide range
of machine control parameter settings.  The levels
evaluated  represent the extreme limits of those
that could potentially be used in processing PWBs.

The data  from each of the experiments support
these  conclusions with very few anomalies. The
results from  the  testing were reproducible and
predictable.   Level  settings  for  factors  were
adjusted based upon statistical evaluations of test
data with  the subsequent PWBs  having levels as
clean  as those obtained using rosin-based flux
processes.
SIR testing on separate groups of boards (85°C/85
percent relative humidity and  50°C/90  percent
relative humidity for 21 days each).  Exhibit  11
shows SIR data from day seven of the SIR test.

                    Exhibit 11

   SIR Values of Boards from DOE Cells

1
i
d
Uj
M "
•
i
£

1E2
1E1
1EO
1E-1

1E-2
1E-3
IE-4
1E-5
1f=_A
Day?
•
222 _ 4448a_ ^ u «
T
a T
. 1 6
11 «6
8
«•
3 8
tlililtta
         T2345678R
                   Exoerimental Gel
The results from the SIR testing indicate that
there is a sensitivity to machine parameters and
that the boards soldered and not cleaned using
adipic and  formic  acid  materials provide SIR
results as good as or better than PWBs soldered
with  an RMA flux and cleaned with  methyl
chloroform.  A  MTB was run  using the same
soldering conditions as each IPC B-24 board. This
"witness"  MTB   provided  the  relative   ionic
cleanliness for the B-24 boards run in each DOE
experiment cell. Thus, the research group was able
to link the SIR test data with ionic cleanliness data
for each of the cells.
SIR

The standard SIR test as described in the IPC Test
Method 650 Number 2.6.3.3 was used for this
evaluation.

A total of 95  IPC B-24 boards  from eight cells
were subjected to SIR testing, with only six boards
having low SIR values after 4 to 7 days of testing.
Two temperature/humidity profiles were run in the
Ionic Conductivity

The MTB tests provided data for ionic conductivity
by acting as a common vehicle to assess  tonic
cleanliness in all experiments.  The MTB provided
a common reference point for review of data from
experiment  to  experiment  and  cell  to   cell.
Additional ionic conductivity verification testing
was  performed by  the Navy  EMPF facility in
Indianapolis, IN.   The results from this testing

-------
48
indicate that the conditions under which the wave
soldering machine operates can radically affect the
resultant cleanliness of a  PWB.  The testing
conducted by the EMPF for the ionic conductivity
readings verified the results obtained by Motorola.
The results observed in this portion  of the test
indicated that ionic cleanliness varied from an
average of near 3 micrograms equivalent sodium
ion to a high of near 25. The results were both
predictable and reproducible.  This data is shown
in Exhibit 12.
                    Exhibit 12

              Ionic Cleanliness
The Naval Weapons Center at China Lake, CA ran
independent  FITR  testing  on  samples  and
concluded that there appeared to be no significant
residues present on the boards.
Temperature-Humidity and
Temperature-Cond/t/on/ng Test Results

No corrosion was observed when the boards were
subjected   to  visual  inspection  under   10X
magnification.  Solder joints were evaluated for
corrosion  or  cracking  by  four  point Kelvin
measurement    No significant  shifts  in   the
resistance   values  of the  solder  joints  were
observed.
                          «*>
                                  8  6
      12345678R
               Experimental CeD
Chemical Surface Contamination
Analysis

The IPC  Honeywell 355 HPLC procedure was
modified to analyze the surfaces of the PWBs for
traces of adipic and formic acid residues or their
salts.  The modified test was sensitive to as low as
approximately  40  micrograms   per   square
centimeter of adipic  acid or  its  salts.   Barely
detectable trace amounts of adipate salts were
found on the board. Subsequent FITR and SIMS
analysis also confirmed very low levels of residue.
Long-Term Storage Electrical Function

Forty of the FMU-139 bomb fuse boards were
subjected to the long-term storage testing (30 from.
the adipic/formic add process and 10 from the
control group —  rosin flux process).  The boards
were placed in an  environment of 80"C and 40
percent relative humidity for a total of 2^22 hours.
These  conditions simulate a  20-year  long-term
storage of these boards.  The boards were pulled
from the test chamber for verification of electrical
function at discrete intervals of 126, 1,260, 1,639,
and 2422 hours.   All boards  tested functionally
operable up to the 1,639 hour point (equivalent
life of 133 years  in storage). Some time after the
1,639 hour samples were pulled and tested, the
environmental  chamber control failed and the
humidity in the chamber  went to 100 percent.
This caused water to drip down into the chamber
on several of the boards at a continuous rate. It is
estimated that, at this point, the life stress testing
exceeded well  over 100 years of  storage.   This
overstress resulted in three boards from the adipic
acid group failing the final electrical test and two
rosin fluxed boards showing substantial visual
corrosion damage.  All of the boards  that failed
during the last portion of the test had water stains,
attesting to the fact that they were directly under
the leak in the chamber. The cause of the failure
in these  boards could  be traced to the same
mechanism: a specific single ceramic-bodied diode
whose leads corroded and whose lead seal failed
and allowed moisture into the diode cavity in the
package.  No other components failed or showed

-------
                                                                                              49
evidence of  any  problems.    Even  with  the
significant  environmental  overstress,  the  test
results,  based on the results  obtained from the
remaining boards that were not directly under the
leaking  reservoir,  provided  valuable  positive
information regarding the benign nature of the
adipic/formic acid process.
Conclusion
The results from this  series  of tests are clear:
adipic and formic acids  are materials that are safe
and beneficial to the wave soldering process and
do not require cleaning  after solder assembly. The
products soldered with  the adipic and formic acid
materials exceeded the  product design criteria by
more than a 30 percent  margin.  The use of a
controlled  nitrogen atmosphere  provides  an
environment where adipic acid can successfully and
safely serve as a no-clean  flux. This conclusion is
supported  by all  of the data from the ionic
conductivity test results to the SIR and long-term
storage  test results.  The solder joints obtained
with the adipic/formic  acids have the same high
quality visual appearance of solder joints formed
with RMA fluxes.  In addition,  the adipic/formic
materials do not degrade  circuit performance and
the residues do not require cleaning.
For  Further Information
Mr. Larry Lichtenberg
Principal Process Engineer
Motorola
Government Electronics Group
8220 E. Roosevelt St.
Scottsdale, AZ  85252
Tel:  602-441-6858
Fax:  602-441-7020

-------
50
CASE  STUDY
AN ALTERNATIVE
TESTING METHOD TO
QUALIFY NO-CLEAN
In late 1991, Northern Telecom announced that it
had eliminated the use of ozone-depleting solvents
from its manufacturing facilities worldwide. This
case study describes a unique  testing method
developed at one of Northern Telecom's facilities
and its use as an audit tool for a specific no-clean
process.
The Problem
In an effort to eliminate the use of ozone-depleting
substances (ODSs) in solvent cleaning applications,
the research team at Northern Telecom's Research
Triangle  Park  (RTF), NC  facility  elected  to
implement  a no-clean soldering  process.   In
convening to the no-clean process, engineers at
RTF were faced with the task of choosing  an
appropriate tow-solids flux to be used in place of
their conventional flux. The identification of an
acceptable flux involved  two stages  - the flux
selection and flux testing/qualification.

While flux selection criteria assured that the flux
used was totally safe, problems with the Final
inspection Quality Group (FIQC) often developed.
The most frequent problem identified by the FIQC
involved the amount of residue left on the wave
soldered boards after using the low-solids flux.
The amount of residue was significant enough to
leave  an  easily perceivable  tack.   Different
engineers, using different  process parameters and
taking samples at different times, achieved varying
results when performing post-solder quality testing.
These differing results proved to be very disruptive
to the production process.
The  Solution


In an effort to design a test for board tack which
would produce reliably repeatable results, John
Peterson, the senior chemist at the RTF facility,
constructed a patented "dust box machine.* It was
decided that the most accurate way to measure the
tack of a board is to determine the amount of
powder that would stick to a sample board after
wave soldering with a given quantity of flux.

The dust box, shown  in Exhibit 13, is  a device
which applies a fine spray of powder to the surface
of a printed circuit board. The device is comprised
of several parts:   an  enclosed test chamber,  a
mechanism. to  introduce  the  powder  into  the
chamber, and a fan to disperse  the powder.

Selecting an  appropriate  powder was a unique
challenge in and of itself - weight, safety, and
adhesion  to board surfaces  all posed problems.
Calcium carbonate was eventually chosen. Pass-fail
criteria were determined by a general consensus of
manufacturing and quality engineers after they
were presented with a wide variety of test samples.
The Test Process
A test coupon made of normal production board
material with solder mask applied is precleaned,
run through the  normal manufacturing  process
(including fluxing, preheating, and wave soldering),
and weighed. The weight is recorded and the test
coupon  is placed in the dust box machine  for
exactly two minutes, during which time  the  fan
blows the calcium carbonate dust onto  the test
coupon at a constant rate. The test coupon is then
removed from  the chamber and  re-weighed to
determine whether the amount of powder  that  has
stuck to the board is acceptable.  The exact test
procedure is as follows:

-------
                                                           51
                          Exhibit 13
          Schematic of Dust Box Testing Machine
Source: Northern Telecom

-------
52
  Dust Box Test Procedure

  1. Clean an IPC-B-25 test coupon with solder
     mask with an alcohol rinse

  2. Run the clean coupon through the current
     production  process with the solder mask
     side down

  3. Weigh the coupon after processing

  4. Record the  weight (Wl)

  S. Place  the coupon into  the dust box with
     the flux side facing the fen

  6. Close the dust box door and turn on the
     switch

  7. Run the fan for two minutes

  8. Remove the coupon from the dust box and
     record its weight (W2)

  9. Calculate   percentage  weight  gain   as:
     <[(W2-W1)/W1] x 100}.
In order to determine the acceptable amount of
flux residue which could be allowed to remain on
the boards after  soldering, the boards were  run
using  differing  degree  of flux  concentration.
Results must be related to a flux type and specific
quality criteria. The Northern Telecom levels for
one flux are as follow::

   Percent Weight Gain Classification
      0.0% - 0.5%
      0.51% - 0.8%
      0.81% - higher
Pass
Marginal Pass
Fail
Acceptability  criteria  such   as  these  were
determined for each manufacturing line depending
on the product and quality control requirements of
the line.

The  total  cost  of  the dust  box  testing  is
approximately $3,500 ($1,000 for the dust box and
52,500 for a laboratory scale).  Both are one-time
capital costs.
                                                     Results  and  Benefits
Seve:a; benefit -.ere realized by using the dust box
as a tool to measure board tack.  First, the tests
yielded quantitative,  repeatable  results when
compared with the previous subjective evaluations.
Second, by achieving an accurate measure of board
tack,   the  wave  solder  parameters   could  be
accurately adjusted  to result in fewer flux-related
soldering problems.  Finally, for the specific flux
tested, Northern Telecom found that  traditional
SIR test  results  correlated well with the tack
results produced by the dust box.

The correlation of dust box test results with results
from  SIR tests may be of particular  interest to
small manufacturers, many of whom cannot afford
the expensive equipment necessary to perform tests
such as SIR. Throughout the  implementation of
the no-clean processes at the RTP facility, seven
production  lines were  monitored for  several
months, and the correlation between board tack,
SIR, ionic contamination, and flux deposition rate
was analyzed.  Any one of the tests could be used
as a stand-alone method to audit process control
while  using no-clean -fluxes.    Because  of the
relatively low cost of the equipment used in two of
the tests, overlapping tests were run to increase the
confidence of the results.

Deposit  rate  testing,  which  is no more than
calculating the weight difference in flux solids left
on a  mylar sheet,  correlated well with solvent
extract testing.  Flux deposit testing can easily be
done by production staff, with a laboratory scale
costing less than  S3,000.    Mylar  sheets are
inexpensive, and a  test  can be completed in less
than five minutes.

Using the dust box, SIR testing can be correlated
to a specific flux type and to a board tackiness.
SIR   tests  require   expensive   environmental
chambers, time, and specially  trained  staff.  The
dust box  test  method, whose  equipment can be
purchased for under $3,500, can be run in under 15
minutes by machine operators or lab technicians.

-------
                                                      •	    53

Conclusions


In the process of converting from soldering with
solvent cleaning to a no-clean soldering process,
Northern Telecom designed two  inexpensive but
effective audit methods to predict board  quality.
The dust box is a product quality audit tool and
the flux deposit testing is  a  process audit tool.
Once  correlated to a  given flux, both  devices
quickly and easily predict production quality. The
simplicity of the tests allows them to be conducted
as often as needed at little cost  Although not a
replacement for typically used SIR tests, they have
proven to be very predictable for specific fluxes.


For Further  Information


Mr. Richard Szymanowski
Manufacturing Engineer
Northern Telecom Incorporated
P.O. Box 13010
4001 East Chapel Hill-Nelson Highway
Research Triangle Park, NC 27709
Tel: 919-992-5000
Fax: 919-992-3998

-------
54
CASE  STUDY #3:
EVALUATION  OF
NO-CLEAN  PROCESSES
ATAT&T
At AT&T, materials used in soldering processes
are carefully evaluated to ensure product reliability
and compatibility with manufacturing processes.
AT&T tests fluxes, pastes, and their residues to
determine their ability to corrode copper mirrors
or plates and their halide content, pH level, and
conductivity. In addition, AT&T evaluates liquid
fluxes and solder pastes for soldering performance
and  also tests  solder  pastes  for rheology,
printability, and slump resistance.
No-Clean Solder Paste and
Reflow
In 1988, AT&T started to evaluate low-residue
solder pastes  in controlled reflow atmospheres.
While the physical and Theological properties of
these early materials were far from  ideal, AT&T
could reflow them in atmospheres  with various
reactive additives to produce good  solder joints
and  small amounts  of residue.   Results from
reliability tests showed that these residues were
noncorrosive and nouumductive. AT&T obtained
a  patent  that covers  this  reactive-atmosphere
soldering method.

For general applications, a controlled atmosphere
is  greatly  preferred to  one that  incorporates
reactive species.  Thus, our focus turned to the
evaluation of paste materials that would reflow in
nitrogen  and  were compatible  with  AT&T's
reliability and process requirements.  The physical,
rheological, thermal,  electrical,  and  chemical
properties of  more  than  25  materials  from  10
vendors were  evaluated.  By the end of 1990,
AT&T had identified several materials that met its
requirements.
thermal  profile rand  the oxygen content  of the
reflow environment   AT&T obtained thermal
profiles on assembled printed wiring boards, typical
of those soldered in  production, and performed
oxygen  mapping  under   loaded   production
conditions.

Several  commercially available  ovens  met the
thermal requirements. The best ovens were those
that incorporated forced convection to promote
temperature uniformity. Nearly all the ovens from
major vendors could maintain less than  100 parts
per million (ppm) of oxygen (Oj) and  the most
gas-tight systems could maintain less than 10 ppm
throughout their length.

Next,  to determine oxygen window or  range  of
oxygen concentrations that gave favorable results,
a metered air leak (about 20-percent oxygen) was
introduced into the nitrogen  source line that fed
the heated zones of the oven. Low-residue solder
pastes were evaluated in atmospheres that had up
to 10, 100, 500, 800, 1000, and 1500 ppm  of
oxygen. The results suggested that up to 500 ppm,
compared to less than 10 ppm of oxygen, neither
decreased the visible quality of the solder joint nor
increased the visible paste residue left on the
board after reflow.

In some instances, a  level of 800 ppm of oxygen
did not cause severe  problems with joint quality,
biit tended to cause more solder balls to form and
unprotected copper to oxidize.  Therefore, the
maximum oxygen level that can be tolerated was
determined, not by the oxygen sensitivity of the
solder paste, but rather by the need to  minimize
oxidation  to  preserve  solderability  for  later
operations.

In early  1991, AT&T conducted a factory trial at
AT&T's Shreveport Works in Louisiana.  Reflow
soldering was conducted in nitrogen with less than
100 ppm of oxygen.  The  soldering results were
good, with solder defects of less than 15 ppm.  As
a  result, in September,  1991, the process was
implemented at AT&T's Columbus Works in Ohio.
Since then, most AT&T surface-mount assembly
factories have purchased nitrogen-capable reflow
equipment.
As a parallel effort to evaluation of pastes, AT&T
evaluated nitrogen-capable reflow ovens for their

-------
                                                                                              55
No-Clean  Flux and Wave

Soldering


Post-solder cleaning can be eliminated only if the
flux residues tHat remain  on the board do  not
affect performance, testability, or reliability. Flux
manufacturers have formulated low-solids fluxes to
completely   eliminate   cleaning  operations.
However, accelerated aging tests of circuit boards
uncovered long-term corrosion problems.  When
these aging tests were repeated with new boards
exposed to less low-solids flux  (LSF), there were
no failures.  Experiments showed that the surface
insulation  resistance  (SIR)  decreased as  the
amount of flux applied was increased, suggesting
that excessive flux residues may compromise  the
circuit's integrity.  Most of the SIR  testing was
done at extreme performance conditions (i.e., 35°
C and 90 percent relative humidity). Pollutants in
the  air,  higher  temperatures,  and   relative
humidities could exacerbate an electrical integrity
problem.

To date, over 60 formulations of LSF have been
received   from  14   different   vendors.    The
dependence  of SIR  on flux quantity has been
demonstrated for most of the formulations that
passed the prescreening tests  (i.e., pH, haltde, and
copper mirror).

The discovery of the inverse relationship between
flux quantity and SIR revealed the need to apply
the flux in a carefully controlled way, so  that only
the amount  required to ensure  a good solder
connection was applied to the board.  It is also
important to insure  that  the flux  is applied
uniformly and the  process  can be consistently
repeated.

In addition, AT&T found that partially heated  flux
residue which did not come into contact with the
solder wave caused  more damage than  the fully
heated residue that came into contact  with  the
wave. Thus, flux residue that remains on the  top
side of a circuit board (i.e., the component side)
was potentially more detrimental to circuit-board
reliability than the residue on the bottom side (i.e.,
the circuit side).  This means that  application
methods that deposited excessive amounts of  flux
on the top side of the board were not desirable.
Because of the >extremely low solids content of
these fluxes, traditional flux-monitoring techniques
are not accurate enough.   Typical  application
methods require monitoring because they use open
reservoirs which  allow the main constituent of a
flux (i.e., alcohol) to evaporate and absorb water.
Accordingly, a closed flux reservoir  and delivery
system  are   beneficial  because  they prevent
compositional changes and negate the. need for
monitoring.

Moreover, significant savings in time  and expense
are realized with a closed system. For example,
when the cost to dispose of 5 gallons  of spent flux
each day is included, the closed system of AT&Ts
patented  spray  fluxer  (the LSF-2000),   when
compared to an open system, can save 520,000 per
year in costs  for monitoring, additional flux and
alcohol, and disposal.
Development of a Low-Solids
Spray Fluxer


Because  of the  characteristics  of  LSFs, the
following application properties  are considered
preferable:

•  Uniform, controlled flux application

•  Minimal flux residue on the top side of a circuit
   board

•  Closed system (to avoid evaporation and water
   absorption).

To address these needs, AT&T in 1988 developed
a low-solids spray fluxer. This spray fluxer used an
ultrasonic atomization system to deposit flux on
circuit boards.  AT&T was granted  patents that
cover both the methods and the apparatus.

The  first  generation  spray fluxer helped  to
successfully eliminate the need  for post-solder
cleaning. But after extended field experience with
it, users demanded more efficient performance and
a  wider  range  of  features,  including   better
uniformity  in   flux disposition,  wider  spray
capability, and decreased maintenance.

-------
56
In 1990, the second generation  low-solids spray
fluxer was  developed. It uses a pressure-assisted,
airless spray system that is mounted on a traversing
mechanism. A spray nozzle passes back and forth
beneath the circuit boards on the conveyor and
releases four overlapping coats of flux material,
which results in a highly controlled and  uniform
layer  of flux.   With  specially  designed  board
sensors, exhaust system, and self-cleaning nozzle,
the system ensures high solder quality and efficient
use of flux material.

During the summer of  1990, a prototype of the
LSF-2000 was tested successfully at AT&Ts facility
in Mesquite, TX and at  the Columbus Works.  A
production model was installed  in Columbus in
September 1990.  The LSF-2000 system  has now
been deployed  in  many AT&T factories  and has
also been made available to industry in general.
Conclusions
The most  promising  alternatives for no-clean
soldering  are  modified processes,  not  simple
substitutions of material. Controlled atmosphere
reflow processes that use low-residue solder pastes
have been shown to produce minute amounts of
benign residue.  With the improved solder pastes
now available, this process can provide the reflow
capability needed for total no-clean, surface mount
assembly.

AT&T has defined a production prams that can
be   implemented  with   equipment  that  is
commercially available.  Further optimization will
be done as AT&T gains experience with, the system
in its factories and as improved materials become
available.

Before fluxes  are  used in  production,  proper
evaluation is imperative. AT&T found that some
LSFs are better than others.  For all LSFs,  SIR
testing confirmed the  theory that  arose from
accelerated aging studies. That is, large quantities
of post-solder LSF residues can be detrimental to
the circuit.  This work points out the need for the
appropriate qualification of materials and the use
of proper application equipment.

The equipment developed  and used by AT&T
maintains  the  original flux  composition  and
controls the quantity of flux applied. This system
has  been  successfully   deployed   at   AT&T
manufacturing locations.   By using  low-residue.
solder paste materials and processes and by using
low-solids fluxes with the appropriate  process,
AT&T has eliminated the need for cleaning and is
making progress toward its environmental goals.
For Further  Information
General

Dr. Leslie Guth
Supervisor
Environmental Materials and Processes
AT&T Bell Labs
Engineering Research Center
Room 2-2041
P.O. Box 900
Princeton, NJ 08540-0900
Tel: 609-639-3040
Fax: 609-639-2851

Solder Paste

Mr. John Morris
Member of Technical Staff
AT&T Bell Labs
Engineering Research Center
P.O. Box 900
Princeton, NJ 08540-0900
Tel: 609-639-2671

Low-Solids  Flux

Mr. John Sohn
Member of Technical Staff
AT&T Bell Labs
Engineering Research Center
P.O. Box 900
Princeton, NJ  08540-0900
Tel: 609-639-2368
Fax: 609-639-2851

-------
                                                                                           57
CASE STUDY #4:
FLUX SELECTION
CRITERIA
When Northern Telecom, Ltd. decided to phase
out its use of CFC-113 and methyl chloroform
ahead  of  the  mandated phaseout  schedule,
engineers   made   the   decision  to   replace
conventional soldering operations with no-clean
processes,  in  order to implement the no-clean
wave  soldering process,  it  was  necessary to
extensively test candidate fluxes to determine their
applicability to no-clean applications.

Initially, there was no significant doubt that no-
clean  fluxes could  solder,  but the long-term
resultant quality was questioned within Northern
Telecom as well as by influential customers.  The
initial task  in convening to a no-clean soldering
process  was a  three-step program to evaluate
candidate fluxes. The three steps were:

•  Evaluate the long-term reliability of components
   after they have been exposed to the flux

•  Determine whether flux residues were active or
   inactive

•  Evaluate the processed PCB for reliability after
   extended environmental stressing.

It was decided that a flux and all components must
pass all of these tests before any of the materials
could  be run in production.  Production was the
fourth step  in the process change-over.

Virtually all tests were  based  on  stressing the
product   by three  to five  times  the severity
commonly seen in a production cell.  This was
done to provide a high confidence level  even if
irregularities in the process took place.
Test #1  •> Component
Reliability

The first test in choosing a flux for use in the no-
clean  wave soldering process was designed to
evaluate the long-term reliability of components
after they had been exposed to the flux.  A single
comprehensive screening test was designed and
implemented  to  facilitate this evaluation.   By
immersing a component in flux and subsequently
aging the part in an environmental chamber under
conditions  of 85°C  and 85  percent relative
humidity for 10 days, five potential problems could
be discovered:
  Breakdown of seals
  Deterioration of plastics
  Deterioration of markings
  Corrosion
  Changes in performance.
In  order  to  ensure that  a  wide  variety  of
components was tested  while  not performing
excessive  testing,   several   hundred  discrete
components were categorized into 13 general
component families.  Testing was reduced by using
a few parts from a given family and designating
them as being representative  of the group.

Parts, as  received  in  a normal  fashion,  were
electrically tested  to   the  facility's  incoming
inspection standard for the part, visually inspected,
and weighed.  The pan was then immersed for IS
minutes in a room temperature beaker of the no-
clean flux. At the end of the IS minutes, the pan
was removed,  air-dried, re-weighed, re-tested, and
visually re-inspected. The pan was then place in
the environmental chamber for 10 days, at which
time all of the tests were repeated. The significant
failure noted during this test was copper corrosion,
with few  failures in the other four potential
problem categories.
                                                  Test #2 - Flux Residue
                                                  Activity

                                                  The second test used by Northern Telecom in the
                                                  evaluation of  no-clean fluxes was  designed to
                                                  determine if a flux candidate contained active
                                                  residues. The presence of these active residues

-------
58
might  adversely affect  the performance  of a
product several years after delivery of the products
to a customer.

The standard IPC-B-25 comb pattern test panel
was the primary tool used in this test, although for
a part of the test a plain copper pattern was used.
In the second pan of the test, a  striped solder
mask pattern was imposed on the combs. A bias
voltage was used in both tests.  This modification
tested  any interaction between flux,  mask, and
substrate as well as the potential  of the flux to
cause circuit changes after years  of use.   The
surface insulation resistance and electromigration
tests were used to determine reliability with one
significant change from the standard procedures
used for these tests.  The key difference in  the
Northern Telecom test was that the comb pattern
was fluxed, air  dried, and tested  in a  comb-up
position.  Approximately 90 percent of all flux
candidates failed this test, even though many had
passed similar tests as presented in the Bellcore
TSY-000078 specification.
For Further Information
Mr. Richard Szymanowski
Manufacturing Engineer
Northern Telecom Incorporated
P.O. Box 13010
4001 East Chapel Hill-Nelson Highway
Research Triangle Park, NC  27709
Tel:  919-992-5000
Fax:  919-992-3998
Test #3 -  PCB  Reliability

The third  test used  by Northern  Telecom  in
evaluating candidate no-clean fluxes was designed
to  determine  the long-term reliability of the
assembled   no-clean    PCB   under   extreme
environmental conditions.   This test  involved
taking a printed circuit assembly which had been
processed in a no-clean manner and stressing that
unit for an extended  length  of  time  in an
environmental chamber.

Chamber parameters were 3S°C and 90 percent
relative humidity, and  the test was  extended  to
approximately 1,000 hours. The logic in this test
plan was that discrete components were carefully
screened for use  in the process, as were the flux,
board substrate, and solder mask. The interactions
of the common denominator had been tested, and
any  product, having passed  this  environmental
stress test,  could be used with predictable long-
term performance.

-------
                                                                                          59
CASE STUDY #5:
SPRAY FLUXING  FOR
TODATS  SOLDERING
PROCESSES
Spray fluxing technology is currently receiving a
considerable amount  of  attention   by  some
progressive electronic manufacturers.   Using a
spray application method to coat the bottom of a
printed circuit board with flux is not a new process
for printed circuit  assembly operations. What is
new are the vast improvements in spray fluxing
equipment  that can  improve quality, increase
efficiency,  and  lower  manufacturing  costs   for
companies using low solids "no clean" fluxes in
their soldering processes.

These  improvements have  been  substantiated
through  practical  application  at  the  UDS
subsidiary of Motorola located in Huntsville, AL.
This case  study describes the need,  acceptance
criteria and benefits realized  by implementing a
spray fluxing system in an operational printed
circuit assembly soldering process.  If companies
are  to  successfully  pursue   defect   reduction
programs,  Just-In-Time manufacturing, and CFC
elimination, k is essential that they continuously
improve -the soldering process. One of the more
critical elements in a wave soldering process is the
flux  formulation  that  L>  used,  especially   for
operations using low solids fluxes.  The impact of
a flux formulation on the solder defect rate  for
printed circuit assemblies can  be significant

Some of the soldering fluxes available on today's
market considerably reduce solder defects, but can
emit offensive vapors into the work environment.
Keeping the assembly line operators' well-being in
mind  makes it  more difficult to select defect-
reducing fluxes. For this reason, an enclosed spray
fluxing system is very advantageous. If the proper
system is   implemented,  the vapors will  be
restricted to and contained within the area of the
actual fluxing operation.  This allows the  use of
any  low solids  flux  without fear of operator
irritation.
Advanced  technology spray fluxing systems not
only improve the quality of the soldering process,
but can also eliminate the need for some process
control requirements.   The  traditional  fluxing
systems such as foam, wave, and conventional spray
fluxers require  titration  and/or specific gravity
measurements to properly control the chemical
balance of the flux.  When using these types of
fluxing systems, it  is  necessary to  regularly
compensate for evaporation of the flux solvent by
manual and/or automatic methods.

Recent advancements in spray fluxing equipment
by some equipment manufacturers, however, have
eliminated the need for these process controls.
The liquid flux is totally enclosed in a pressurized
vessel, eliminating   concerns  about  solvent
evaporation  and  water absorption  from  the
atmosphere. Titration, specific gravity, and solvent
compensation are no longer important aspects of
the wave soldering operation.

Substantial material savings will be realized with
the implementation  of this new  equipment
technology. In the case of the UDS subsidiary of
Motorola,  a 68 percent reduction in flux and 100
percent elimination of solvent usage were  noted.
These  savings  were  accomplished   by  the
intermittent operation of the spray fluxer. The
flux spray is activated only when a printed  circuit
board enters the area of the fluxing operation.  In
most conventional  operations, the flux is pumped
in a continuous flow, creating  enormous waste.

There are  several spray fluxing units currently on
the market UDS/Motorola analyzed four different
units Cram four different equipment manufacturers
for a  single  soldering operation  at  UDS. The
equipment was evaluated  according  to  seven
general categories:

1. Uniformity and consistency of flux deposition

2. Ventilation and safety

3. Maintenance

4. Ease of operation

5. Equipment reliability

6. Equipment compatibility with a high product
   mix and low volume operation

-------
 60
 7. Enclosed flux reservoir.

 As a result of these considerations, the field of
 possible candidates  narrowed  quickly  to  two
 equipment  manufacturers,  because   of
 noncompliance gf the other systems with the above
 criteria.  Further evaluation and testing of the
 remaining  two spray  fluxing  units  was  then
 performed  using the same criteria.

 After  careful  evaluation  of  the  results, it  was
 obvious   that   the   low-solids- spray   fluxer
 manufactured by AT&T (LSF-2000) was the best
 choice for the type of soldering operation that was
 required. The matrix shows a comparison between
 the AT&T unit and the competitive unit, which is
 labeled unit "B."

 This information .was collected by observing both
 units  in operation.    The  consistency of  flux
. deposition was measured by processing test printed
 circuit board samples through each separate fluxing
 unit.  The test samples were weighed  before the
 application of flux, processed through each fluxing
 unit, allowed to dry, and then weighed  again to
 determine  the amount and  consistency of  flux
 applied to each sample.

 This test concluded that process variation with the
 AT&T unit could be expected to vary with +. 10
 percent and unit "B" was within the range of +, SO
 percent. With fine tuned adjustments, however,
 the AT&T unit during actual production showed
 variation of only +. 5 percent.

 The AT&T unit's dual ventilation system, with
 amplifiers to exhaust the vapors of the flux spray
 quickly and restrict the fumes to the immediate
 processing  area, satisfies the UDS ventilation and
 safety concerns. The unit includes a flame detector
 system that senses a fire  up to 35 feet away.  If a
 flame is detected,  the  entire system  shuts down
 instantly and automatically.

 With the proper equipment options, the unit self-
 adjusts the width of the  flux spray for the width
 sizes of various printed circuit  boards.   This
 eliminates   the  need   for   special   set-up
 considerations for the unit during multiple product
 line changeovers.  None of the other low-solids
 spray fluxers analyzed and evaluated offered all of
 these special operating features.
Recent improvements in low solids spray fluxing
technology offer a viable means for electronics
assemblers to enhance soldering processes, improve
quality levels, and  lower manufacturing costs.
With  the enclosed  reservoir  and  improved
ventilation systems,  a wider selection of defect-
reducing fluxes are available for use. Reductions
in total chemical usage of as much as 85  percent
can be realized  by implementing spray fluxing
technology. Spray fluxing technology for low-solids
no-clean applications works extremely well in any
wave soldering environment.
For  Further Information
Mr. Rick Wade
Advanced Manufacturing Technology
Manufacturing Engineer
Motorola/UDS
5000 Bradford Drive
Huntsvttle, AL  35805
Tel:  205-430-8952
Fax: 205-430-8975

-------
                                                                                      61
CASE  STUDY #6:
CHOICE OF A NO-CLEAN
PROCESS AT NCR
Previous Process


NCR, Workstation  Products  Division  (WPD)
Clemson designs and assembles medium to high-
end computer workstations. In 1987 the Clemson
plant installed an SMT circuit board assembly line
to enhance  the plant's  high volume production
capability.  The process flow of this initial SMT
line is: STENCIL PRINT -SMTPLACEMENT-
REFLOW  -  HAND  ASSEMBLY  -  WAVE
SOLDER -  INLINE CLEAN - POST SOLDER
INSPECTION  - TEST.   Up  to the  present
phaseout of  CFCs, Clemson SMT Operations used
rosin chemistry solder paste, convection reflow, SA
flux wave solder and in-line CFC-113 clean.
Alternatives Considered
In  February  1991,  WPD  Clemson  received
corporate  approval to install  a second  SMT
production line to meet the increased production
demands  that resulted  from new products and
increased orders.  An equipment selection team,
made up of manufacturing engineers, was formed
to  evaluate  state-of-the-art   SMT   soldering
technology and  to determine  the layout and
strategy of the new line.

In May 1990, NCR formed a corporate-wide Ozone
Depleting Substances (ODS) phaseout team to
establish the NCR corporate schedule  for ODS
elimination.  At its first meeting, the ODS team
set the end of 1992 as the deadline for all NCR
plants to eliminate CFCs in circuit board cleaning
operations for bareboard and  board  assembly
operations.

In light of the corporate CFC phaseout deadline,
the equipment selection team was forced to face
the CFC issue head-on and select equipment and
process strategies accordingly.  Whatever decision
was made for the new SMT line would also be
implemented on the existing line.

The options considered were:

1. Convert from CFC-113 to an HCFC solvent

2.  Convert from CFC-113 cleaning to aqueous-
saponifier cleaning and continue  with rosin flux
chemistry

3.  Convert from CFC-113 cleaning to water-only
cleaning and use OA flux chemistry

4.  Convert from  CFC-113 cleaning to semi-
aqueous-aqueous  cleaning,  i.e.,  terpene,  and
continue with rosin chemistry

5. Eliminate the need for cleaning by converting to
a no-clean process.

The  following  actions  were  undertaken  after
preliminary evaluation of each of these options.

Option #1.  Immediately dropped because of the
price of HCFC  solvents,  incompatibility with
existing in-line cleaning machine, and fear of a
future ozone-related ban.

Option #2.  Initially seen as attractive because it
would allow NCR to continue using rosin solder
pastes and wave solder flux and avoid the pains of
weaning from rosin chemistry.  Also, aqueous
cleaning with saponifier is an old and proven
process in  through-hole assembly.  NCR decided
against this option for several  reasons:

•  The  uncertainty of ability to dean under the
   tight spacings found in SMT

•  The  requirement of major facilities work to
   install floor drains and water treatment system

•  Saponifier concentration/foaming  issues and
   odors.

•  Uncertainty as to future EPA legislation on
   water and water emissions.

Option #3.  Considered very seriously because of
the relative simplicity of the cleaning process.
Several site visits  were made  to evaluate various
equipment.  Also, OA flux would  enhance

-------
62
solderabiliry and lower solder DPM. However, this
option was dropped because:

• • NCR did not want the reliability risk of OA flux
   being left on boards
               4»
• Major work on facilities would be required to
   install floor drains and water treatment system

* Uncertainty as to future EPA legislation on
   water and water emissions.

• Unavailability then of a water soluble solder
   paste that met NCR processing  requirements
   for printability and reflow.

Option #4,  Much has  been written about semi-
aqueous terpene cleaning and the ability of the
terpene process to exceed the cleanliness of CFC-
113  cleaning.    This  option  was  attractive.
However, NCR looked at terpene equipment at
several  trade  shows  and  decided  that  the
equipment was too expensive and complex.  NCR
also did not want to have to pacify angry operators
who might be irritated by orange/citrus-odors.

Option #5.  In light of the dissatisfaction with
options 1-4, NCR decided that the best long-term
strategy was  to eliminate the  need  for cleaning
altogether.   There are definite challenges  to
implementing a no-clean process, but it poses the
least threat to the environment and involves the
lowest volume of chemicals and effluents.
 • Wave Solder »

-• Touchup and Repair


 Stencil Print

 With  regard  to  stencil printing, the  primary
 decision is what paste to use -- no-clean/low solids
 paste or continued use of the RMA paste.  The
 concern here was that the stencil printing process
 had been set  up using RMA paste.  Initial testing
 of  no-clean  and low solids  solder pastes  was
 discouraging  because the pastes lacked the same
 printability and  tackiness  characteristics  as the
 RMA paste. The team did not want to sacrifice its
 low printing  DPM level nor the reliability of an
 RMA paste. One engineer on the equipment team
 was assigned  to focus on solder pastes  at the
 NEPCON show.
 Reflow

 NCR had been successfully reflowing RMA solder
 paste with an SPT convection reflow oven.  To
 implement no-clean soldering, the team was not
 sure  if it  would  have to purchase controlled
 atmosphere reflow equipment. One engineer on
 the team focused on reflow equipment at the show.
                                                    Wave Solder
 Evaluation  of the No-Clean
 Option
 In February 1991, the NCR Clemson equipment
 selection team attended the NEPCON West trade
 show to evaluate SMT equipment for the second
 line.  At the time, both the no-clean and water-
 only cleaning options were very serious contenders.
 Prior to the NEPCON show, the team held many
 discussions as to the particular no-clean strategy
 which should adopted, should no-clean be the final
 choice. In these discussions, the team realized that
 there were three .hurdles to overcome in attaining
 no-clean status:

 • Stencil Print/Reflow
 Up  to this point,  NCR  had  been using  an
 Electrovert Century 2000 wave solder machine with
 a foam fluxer, using an SA flux. The team realized
 that there were several paths to achieving no-clean
 wave soldering.   One  was to simply put a 2-5
 percent solids no-clean  flux in the fluxer and foam
 it onto the board.  This requires modifying the
 wave  soldering  parameters  (no-clean   fluxes
 generally  require a higher topside board preheat
 temperature). Also, the no-clean flux requires acid
 titration rather than specific gravity  to maintain
 the proper flux-to-solids percentage.

 Another path was to use the same wave solder
 equipment but add on  a more controlled method
 of applying the no-clean  flux - namely a spray
 fluxer.  This is accomplished by either upgrading

-------
                                                                                             63
the fluxer in the machine itself or by purchasing a
stand-alone spray fluxer module.

The third path  was the  controlled atmosphere
option.  This is accomplished by either retrofitting
an existing wave, solder machine with a hood (long
hood enclosing preheat and solder pot; short hood
enclosing the solder pot only) or purchasing a new
nitrogen wave solder machine.  One engineer on
the equipment selection  team  focused  on wave
soldering equipment selection.
Touch-Up and Repair

Touch-up and repair initially did not come up in
the team's discussions, but no-clean hand soldering
and repair may pose the greatest challenge.  The
other processes involve equipment which can be
controlled to accomplish no-clean soldering. Hand
soldering  involves  people;  specifically, people
trained to solder with RMA flux. This is raised as
an issue because RMA flux, unlike no-clean fluxes,
is actually very forgiving and allows for deviation
in the hand soldering  process with regard to tip
temperature and tip contact time.  Operators with
marginal soldering skills  usually can  mask their
deficiencies with RMA flux.

The  team  had already obtained  no-clean  flux
samples, and  as  an  experiment  gave  various
samples to hand sotderers in place of RMA flux at
the bench.  The results were obvious.  The no-
clean fluxes are primarily alcohol  and evaporate
almost immediately  upon solder tip contact  Tip
temperature has to be controlled, time on the
connection  has   to  be  minimal,  and  initial
component solderability is critical.  Instead of a 5
second wetting  window as with RMA flux, the
operator using no-clean flux now  has only a 1-2
second window.  In addition, the no-dean samples
tested  left  some  residue after hand  soldering.
When operators are accustomed  to a CFC-113
cleaning culture where any residue  can and should
be washed off, the appearance of residue is difficult
to accept.  Thus, an  entire change  in attitude
towards residues is necessary.  The NCR team used
the NEPCON show to  meet with flux vendors and
attend technical sessions  in the hope  of learning
from the experience of others in this area.
The Selection Process
The  1991  NEPCON  West  show  proved  an
excellent catalyst for a decision by the equipment
selection team.   The team  was so favorably
impressed with no-dean technology (particularly
controlled atmosphere technology) that the water
dean option was dropped and the focus was shifted
totally on no-clean soldering.

The  NCR team's selection of  a specific no-clean
process and its evaluation of each of the available
technologies is discussed in detail below.
Stencil Print/Reflow

The team dedded to pursue controlled atmosphere
reflow and was impressed with most vendors at the
show. The engineer focusing on reflow prepared
a comparison matrix and, based on cost and design
of equipment, narrowed the selection down to five
key vendors. Evaluation trips were then taken and,
based on reflow performance and cost, the decision
was  made   to  purchase  a  Watkins  Johnson
controlled atmosphere convection oven. Though
NCR has achieved satisfactory reflow results in its
conventional reflow oven, the incited oven gives
cosmetically smoother  and shinier joints with
better classical wetting traits - using the same
RMA paste.  Based on information gathered at
NEPCON  technical  sessions   and  experience
gathered during vendor  evaluations,  the team
dedded  that the  controlled atmosphere  during
reflow would at  least  enhance  the process,
especially the reflow of no-clean  pastes.  The
controlled atmosphere  reflow oven has been in
operation on the second SMT line since January
1992. NCR continues to run RMA solder paste in
production  but has been seriously testing no-clean
pastes, and with good  results.   While the team
completes  its  no-dean  paste  testing,   NCR
continues to use an in-line CFC-113 cleaner even
though earlier tests by  various NCR plants have
shown that RMA paste residues can be safely left
on.  WPD changed to a no-dean solder paste in
Summer 1992.

-------
64
Wave Solder

The team left the NEPCON West show having
tentatively decided on controlled atmosphere wave
soldering, though not clear on whether to pursue
a machine with-a "retrofit" hood or a new-design
nitrogen  machine. Prior to NEPCON, the team
had already conducted tests with no-clean fluxes in
the Century 2000 machine, utilizing a foam fluxer.
The results were discouraging, for several reasons:

• Amount of flux applied with a foam fluxer could
   not be controlled

* Residues could  not be  totally  eliminated.
   Though  benign, they interfered with incircuit
   bed-of-nails  testing   and  resulted  in  many
   Quality Assurance battles

• Flux balance could not be adequately controlled
   with specific gravity or titration  methods

• Wave  soldering yields were inconsistent due to
   battles with solder balls, shorts,  and webbing.

The team  had  not  yet totally discounted this
option, though with the above  results in mind, it
decided  to   aggressively   evaluate  controlled
atmosphere equipment.  At the time of the 1991
NEPCON West show,  there were three primary
suppliers of controlled  atmosphere wave solder
equipment --SEHO (a German-based  company
was first to market), Soltec (based in Holland), and
Electrovert.  Electrovert had already introduced
and  implemented  a  "retrofit"   hood  for  its
Econopak line, had a proposed design for a hood
for the  Ultrapak line, and  was showing  the
prototype new-design ATMOS machine. The team
was impressed with all  three for various reasons.
Team members were further encouraged to pursue
controlled atmosphere wave soldering because the
sister NCR  WPD  plant  in  Augsburg, West
Germany had  been using a  SEHO machine for
over a year with  very good results.  Two members
of  the  equipment  selection  team traveled  to
Oosterhout, Holland (Soltec), NCR Germany,
Kreuzwertheim, Germany (SEHO) and Montreal,
Canada (Electrovert) to test solder boards on each
system.

The results of  the  trip were encouraging for
controlled  atmosphere  wave  soldering  on  the
whole. Each vendor's machine performed equally
well with regard to soldering and no-clean results
on  the  NCR  production boards used for the
testing.     With   the   controlled  atmosphere
technology, a 1 percent adipic acid "preparation
fluid" is often used in  lieu of a traditional flux.
Since it was recommended by each manufacturer
during the testing, it was used for each test.  It
should be noted that at the  Electrovert  facility
both  the  new ATMOS  controlled  atmosphere
machine  and  an   existing  model  Electrovert
machine retrofitted with a full-length hood were
evaluated.

The SEHO and Soltec machines are designed  as
nitrogen machines (not  retrofits). The Electrovert
and SEHO machines are "open tunnel" designs in
that each end of the  tunnel  is open and metal
doors or curtains are placed throughout the tunnel
to baffle air flow.  The Soltec machine is the only
"closed  tunnel"  design,  utilizing vacuum  lock
chambers at the entrance and exit of the tunnel  to
completely seal  the tunnel.   The  SEHO and
Electrovert machines use an ultrasonic spray fluxer.
The Soltec machine uses a drum spray  fluxer.
Electroven also offers a drum spray fluxer. Since
all three machines soldered the test boards equally,
other criteria were used to make a final selection.
The criteria used were:
   Soldering performance
   Absence or presence of visible residues
   Nitrogen consumption
   Maximum conveyor width
   Production rate
   Local US. support
Soldering Performance

Each machine soldered equally well, and solder
wetting under nitrogen was better than could be
achieved in air.  Two negatives, however,  were
encountered with  each system.   Each machine
produced solder shorts only on specific through-
hole connectors. This was determined to be due to
a change in the surface tension of solder under
nitrogen.    The  shorts  occurred  consistently,
regardless  of  machine or soldering parameters
(including  flux).   As demonstrated  at  NCR
Germany with  over a year's experience  with
nitrogen wave soldering,  eliminating  the shorts

-------
                                                                                              65
requires redesign of the particular problem areas
to change tbe spacing of the leads and/or the
length of  the  leads.    The  other  problem
encountered consistently was solder balls clinging
to the bottom side solder resist  The balls in all
cases could be easily brushed off. This seems to be
an effect of the nitrogen atmosphere and tbe no-
dean flux.
Visible Residues
wanted  to be able  to  run existing  pallets .in
whatever machine was purchased. At the time of
evaluation, the Soltec machine could not handle
the 18 inch width.  New pallets for bigger boards
would need to be purchased, clip stiffeners would
be needed, or boards would have to be run without
pallets.  The SEHO machine available at the time
required tbe use of special SEHO pallets which
greatly added to the cost  of the system.   The
Etectrovert machines utilized  traditional finger
type conveyors at widths up to 20 inches.
The team  was very impressed  that with  each
system, boards were clean and dry upon exiting the
machine.    Each  vendor's  fluxer  performed
adequately in depositing consistent and controlled
amounts of flux.  The  team could create visible
residues with the 1 percent adipic acid solutions by
applying heavy amounts, but  excellent  soldering
occurred using only a tight mist. One benefit of
the controlled atmosphere is that small amounts of
very low-solids fluxes can be used.
Nitrogen Consumption

Each machine was evaluated as  to the nitrogen
flow rate in cubic feet per hour (cfh) required to
maintain 10 ppm oxygen over the solder pot. The
Soltec and SEHO machines consumed the least
nitrogen -- about 700 cfh. The Soltec accomplishes
this by completely sealing off the tunnel with the
vacuum locks.  The SEHO minimizes nitrogen
consumption by effective use of flap doors through
the tunnel.   The Electrovert  ATMOS machine
consumed around 1400 cfh of nitrogen.  This is
primarily because it has a larger 20" width tunnel
and minimally baffles air flow with rubber curtains.
The Electrovert retrofit hood consumed the most
nitrogen - 2,000 cfh or higher, mainly because of
its design. The "nitrogen" machines are designed
to hold the nitrogen blanket by "humpbacking* the
tunnel in  the solder  pot  section.   The  retrofit
hoods are straight with the high  point being the
exit end. There is little to hold the nitrogen in.
Maximum Conveyor Width

NCR produces boards ranging in widths from 4.8
inches to IS inches. The larger boards are run in
18-inch wide picture frame pallets. Team members
Production Rate

Production rate requirements vary in real  life
production.  The Clemson wave solder machines
are fed by a hand assembly conveyor, with the rate
depending  on  the  size of the  board and  the
number of through-hole components that have to
be hand placed.   Quite a few  smaller plug-in
boards with very few through-hole parts are also
run.  Hand assembly feeds them as fast as the wave
solder machine will accept them.  The team  did
not want to have to limit speed if at all possible.
Tbe Soltec machine could only take a board every
20-30 seconds because of tbe processing time of
the vacuum  locks.    The SEHO  machine was
limited because of  the  timing  of the  pallets
through the flap doors. The Electrovert machines
had no limitation because there are no chambers
or flap doors.
Local U.S. Support

The team wanted evidence from each vendor that
it could adequately support this equipment in the
U.S.  (NCR  Clemson  does  not  stock  large
inventories of  spares  and relies  on overnight
shipments and quick response Meld service). At
the time of initial evaluation,  Soltec and SEHO
had very limited resources in the U.S. Electrovert
maintains two facilities in the U.S. and a factory in
Canada.

Tbe initial recommendation after the evaluation
trip  was to  purchase  an  Electrovert Ultrapak
machine  with   a  full-length   nitrogen  hood.
Electrovert had not yet produced an Ultrapak with
a hood, but it was a proven machine in  the field
and would handle Clemson width and production

-------
66
requirements. This recommendation was based on
successful results with an Econopak with a hood at
the Eiectrovert factory (the Econopak would not
handle the NCR width requirement). The overall
cost of an Ultrapak with a hood and  all of the
necessary optiens  was   around  US$150,000.
Because of the relatively low system cost, and with
the cost of nitrogen at about $0.20 per 100 cubic
feet, the Ultrapak option was very  attractive
despite the anticipated nitrogen consumption rate
of 2,000 cfh.  However, after further discussion and
cost analysts, it was  decided  that the  2,000 cfh
consumption rate was too high and the  Ultrapack
style machine did not fit the streamlined, state-of-
the-art image the team wished to portray with  its
new line. Next in line was the new Eiectrovert
ATMOS. Though it  was  a new model, the team
felt comfortable in its rugged design, the use  of
existing solder pot and software control packages,
and the conveyor width of 20 inches. An ATMOS
with all  the options is  twice  the cost of the
Ultrapak system - around USS300,000.  This was
still cheaper  than  a  Soltec  or  SEHO  with
equivalent options and its nitrogen consumption
rate of 1,500 cfh was considered reasonable.  Also,
the low-profile streamlined design of the ATMOS
was very well received by NCR managers attending
the 1992 Nepcon West show.  Based on the above
discussion, the team chose the Electroven ATMOS
controlled atmosphere wave solder machine. NCR
Clemson has purchased one machine for its new
SMT line and one to  replace its old Century 2000
on the existing SMT line.  Both systems have been
in full  production  use since January 1992.
Hand Soldering/Repair

This area poses  the  most  challenge in NCR-
Clemson's operation.   From  Nepcon  technical
sessions and conversations with other NCR plants
and other companies, it was learned that no-clean
hand soldering techniques are available and do
work.   What  the team currently faces is  final
material selection and the learning curve.  SMT
manufacturing associates  are all required to go
through an initial in-house 40-hour solder training
program and receive yearly certification after that.
Current  activity   is  to   modify  the  training
curriculum to reflect the use of no-clean flux and
core solder  and to teach stricter techniques -
namely the need for lower tip temperatures and
very strict  adherence to a 2  second soldering
window.  Part of the challenge is that it is often
very frustrating for  the hand soldering operator
when he or she cannot make picture perfect solder
joints  within  2  seconds  using no-clean  flux.
Another  pan of the challenge is accepting, both
internally and externally, visible residues from the
no-clean  flux. SIR and analytical chemical testing
are  being  done  at   NCR's  Manufacturing
Technology  Research Center to support  safely
leaving the residues  on the board.
Conclusions


NCR eliminated CFC usage in the U.S. for PCB
assembly in early 1993. To date, Clemson has fully
achieved no-clean status in the wave solder process
by implementing controlled atmosphere no-clean
technology.  Problems encountered as a result of
implementing this technology are solder shorts and
solder balls. Board design is being changed where
appropriate and when possible to eliminate the
shorting issue.  Engineers are also working with
Electroven  on some   developments  to the
equipment, as well as with bareboard vendors on
changes to the solder mask to try  to eliminate the
solder balls. On the positive side, NCR Clemson
has realized the following benefits:

   1.  Greatly enhanced solder wetting

   2.  75 percent reduction in solder dross

   3.  50 percent reduction in flux consumption

   4.  Reduced chemical inventory

   5.  Savings of S2300/barrel of CFC-113 solvent.


For Further information
Mr. Michael Cooper
Process Engineer
NCR Corporation
E&M Clemson
7240 Moorefield Hwy.
Liberty, SC 29657
Tel: 803-843-1892
Fax: 803-843-1841

-------
                                                                                              67
                                        REFERENCES
Altpeter, James*E.  1990 (November). Inert Gas Wave Soldering Evaluation.  Presented at the International
Conference on CFC and Halon Alternatives, Baltimore, Maryland.

Andrews, GJ.  1990 (March). Evaluation of the Corrosion and Reliability Aspects of Printed Circuit Boards
Flow Soldered Using 'No Clean' Fluxes.  Circuit World: 11-12.

AT&T. Corporate Literature.

Bandyopadhyay, N. and J. Morris. 1990 (February).  No-Clean Solder Paste Reflow Processes. Printed Circuit
Assembly: 26-31.

BCM Engineers.  1990 (October). Emissions Characterization of Wave Soldering Machine. Prepared for Ford
Electronics and Refrigeration Corporation, Dearborn, Michigan.

Brammer, Dieter.  1991 (June).  No-Clean Processes Yield Top-Quality SMAs. Circuits Assembly. 37-45.

Chamberland, R. Evaluation of Controlled Atmosphere Reflow Soldering of No-Clean Solder Pastes. Union
Carbide Industrial Gases Inc. Tarrytown, NY.

Electrovert Corporation.  Corporate Literature.

Elliott, D.A. and LJ.  Turbini.  Characterizing Residues From Controlled Atmosphere  Wavesoldering.
Electrovert Corporation and Georgia Institute of Technology.

Guth, Leslie A. and John R. Morris. 1992 (March/April). No-Clean Soldering Processes. AT&T Technical
Journal: 37-44.

Hwang, Jennie S.  1990 (July).  Controlled-Atmosphere Soldering:  Principle and Practice. Printed Circuit
Assembly: 30-38.

Institute for Interconnecting  and Packaging Electronic Circuits  (IPC).   1992 (March).   Cleaning and
Cleanliness Testing Program:  Phase 3 - Controlled Atmosphere Soldering.

Kester Solder.  Corporate Literature.

Kocka, D.C. 1990 (June). No-Clean Fluxes Are a Viable Alternative to CFC Cleaning.  Electronic Packaging
and Production: 95-97.

Liyanage, N.  1990 (April).  The Reality of No-Clean Fluxes.  Circuits Manufacturing: 58-64.

Manko, Howard H.  1990. Advantages and Pitfalls of "No-Clean" Flux Systems. Presented at NEPCON West,
Anaheim, CA.

Mead,  MJ. and M.S. Nowotarski. 1988 (January). The Effects of Nitrogen for IR Reflow Soldering. Union
Carbide Industrial Gases Inc.  Linde Division, Tarrytown, NY.

Phillips, Barbee B.  1989.  Process Considerations When Using "No-Clean" Flux. Presented at NEPCON East.

-------
68                                           	'	•

Rubin, W. and M. Warwick- 1990 (May). Low Solids Fluxes for No-CleanrSoldering. Electronic Production:
25-29.

Schouten, G.  1991.  Benefits of Inert Gas Soldering in Reducing Soldering Defects.  Presented at NEPCON
West, Anaheim, CA.

Schouten, G.   1989 (September).  No  Fluxing, No  Cleaning:   Inert-Gas  Wave Soldering.   Circuits
Manufacturing-.  50-53.

Taylor, Simon. 1991 (October). Complex Synthetic Fluxes Offer Enhanced No-Clean Performance. Soldering
Technology: 27-29.

Toubin, A. 1989. Low Solids Content Fluxes. Circuit World:  Vol. IS, No. 2.

Trovato, R.  1991 (April).  Inciting the Soldering. Circuits Assembly: 48-52.

Trovato, R.  1990 (April).  Soldering Without Cleaning. Circuits Manufacturing: 66-67.

United Nations Environment Programme (UNEP). 1991 (December). 1991 Solvents, Coatings, and Adhesives
Technical Options Report.

Wade, Richard L. 1989 (March). A View of Low-Solids Fluxes. Printed Circuit Assembly. 31-34.

-------
                                                                                    69
  LIST OF VENDORS FOR NO-CLEAN PROCESS EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS
               TO REPLACE CFC-113 AND METHYL CHLOROFORM
Controlled Atmosphere Soldering
Equipment

Dover Soltec
7 Perimeter Road
Manchester, NH 03103
Tel:  (603)647-6005
Fax:  (603)647-6501
Electrovert Limited (International Sales)
1305 Industrial Blvd.
LaPrairie, Quebec J5R2E4
Canada
Tel:  (514)659-8901
Fax:  (514)659-2759

SMT-Automation, Inc.
325-L Hill Caner Parkway
Ashland, VA 23005
Tel:  (804)798-6000
Fax:  (804) 798-5933

No-Clean Fluxes and Pastes

AIM Products Inc.
9-T Rocky Hill Road
Smithfield, RI 02917
Tel:  (401)232-2772
Fax:  (401)232-2802

Cramco
80 Sinnott Rd.
Scarborough, Ontario MIL 4M7
Canada
Tel:  (416)757-3667-
Fax:  (416) 757-5530

Indium Corporation of America
1676 Lincoln Avenue
Utica, NY 13502
Tel:  (315)768-6400
Fax:  (315) 768-6362
Electrovert USA Corp. (North American Sales)
805 W.N. Carrier Pkwy.
Suite 200
Grand Prairie, TX 75050
Tel:  (214)606-1900
Fax: (214)606-1700

Hollis Automation, Inc.
15-T Charron Avenue
Nashua, NH 03063
Tel:  (603)889-1121
Fax: (603)880-0939
Alpha Metals
600 Route 440
Jersey City, NJ 07304
Tel:  (201)434-0098
Fax:  (201)434-2529

Hi-Grade Alloy Corp.
17425-T S. Laflin Avenue
P.O. Box 155
East Hazel Crest, IL 60429
Tel:  (708)798-8300
Fax:  (708)798-8924

Kester Solder
515 East Touhy Ave.
Des Plaines, IL 60018-2675
Tel:  (708)297-1600
Fax:  (708)390-9338

-------
70	

London Chemical Co., Inc.
240 Foster Avenue
Bensenville, IL 60106
Tel:  (312)766-5902
Fax: (312)860-1218
              *
Senju Pastes
Christopher Associates
2601 S. Oak Street
Santa Ana, CA 92707
Tel:  (714)979-7500
Multicore Soldeis, Inc.
1751 Jay EU Dr.
Richardson, TX 75081
Tel:  (214)238-1224
Fax:  (214)644-9309
Spray Fluxing Equipment

AT&T
P.O. Box 900
569 Carter Road
Princeton, NJ 08542-0900
Tel:  (609)639-2232
Fax: (609)639-2818

Electrovert Limited (International Sales)
1305 Industrial Blvd.
LaPrairie, Quebec J5R 2E4
Canada
Tel:  (514)659-8901
Fax: (514)659-2759

Process Control Technologies, Inc.
9100 West Piainfield Road #12
Brookfield, IL 60513-2422
Tel:  (708)387-0906
Fax: (708)387-0937
Sonatech, Inc.
702 Botello Road
Goleta, CA 93017
Teh  (805)967-0437
Electrovert USA Corp. (North American Sales)
805 W.N. Carrier Pkwy.
Suite 200
Grand Prairie, TX 75050
Tel:  (214)606-1900
Fax:  (214) 606-1700

Precision Dispensing Equipment, Inc (microjets)
P.O. Box 40370
Bay Village, OH 44140-0370
Tel:  (216)899-9911
SEHO
SMT-Automation, Inc.
325-L Hill Carter Parkway
Ashland, VA 23005
Tel:  (804)798-6000
Fax:  <804) 798-5933

Wenesco, Inc.
6423-T N. Ravenswood Avenue
Chicago, IL 60626
Tel:  (312) 973-4430 ext 65
Fax:  (312)973-5104
Industrial Grade Nitrogen

AGA Gas, Inc.
6225 Oaktree Boulevard
Cleveland, Ohio  44131
Tel:  (216) 642-6600
Fax:  (216)642-6746
Air Products & Chemicals, Inc.
7201 Hamilton Blvd.
Allentown, PA 18195
Tel: (215)481-4911
Fax: (215)481-5900

-------
                                                                                            71
Airco Gases                                        MG Industries r
575 Mountain Avenue                               2460A Boulevard of the Generals
Murray Hill, NJ 07974                               P.O. Box 945
Tel:  (201)464-8100                                 Valley Forge, PA 19482
Fax: (201)464-3379                                 Tel: (215)630-5400
                                                   Fax: (215)630-5600
Liquid Air Corp.                                    Union Carbide Industrial Gases Inc.
2121-T N. California Blvd.                            Linde Division
Walnut Creek, CA 945%                             39 Old Ridgebury Rd.
Tel:  (415) 977-6500                                 Danbury, CT 06817-0001
Fax:  (415) 977-6840                                 Tel:  (800) 521-1737

-------
72

-------
                                                                                               73
                                          GLOSSARY
CFC - An abbreviation for chlorofluorocarbon.

CFC-113 - A common name for the most popular CFC solvent — l,l,2-trichloro-l,2,2-trifluoroethane - with
an ODP of approximately 0.8.

Chlorofluorocarbon - An  organic chemical  composed  of chlorine, fluorine and carbon  atoms, usually
characterized by high stability contributing to a high ODP.

Conformal coating - A protective material applied in a thin, uniform layer to all surfaces of a printed wiring
assembly including components.

Controlled atmosphere soldering - A soldering process done in a relatively oxygen-free atmosphere. The
process greatly reduces oxidation of the solder, contributing to better solder joint metallurgy and less dross
formation.

Deflindng - The  removal of flux residues after a soldering operation.  Defluxing is a pan of most high-
reliability electronics production.

Flux - An essential chemical employed in the soldering process to facilitate the production of a solder joint.
It is usually a liquid material, frequently based on rosin (colophony).

Formic acid - A substance which is sometimes used in conjunction with no-clean wave soldering to reduce
the level of oxygen present in the soldering chamber.  Formic acid can cause human health  threats and has
an exposure limit of 5 ppm.

Greenhouse effect - A thermodynamic effect whereby energy absorbed at the earth's surface,  which  normally
radiates back out to space in the form of long-wave infrared radiation, is retained by gases in the atmosphere,
causing a rise in temperature. The gases in question are partially natural, but manmade pollution is thought
to increasingly contribute  to the effect.  The same  CFCs that cause ozone depletion are known to be
"greenhouse gases,* with a single CFC molecule having the same estimated effect  as 10,000 carbon dioxide
molecules.

High-solids no-clean Dux - A flux which contains more solid matter than traditional fluxes.

Low-residue solder paste - A solder paste containing less solids than a traditional paste. The decreased solids
content allows for the elimination of post-solder solvent cleaning.

Low-solids no-clean flux -  A flux which contains little solid matter, thereby leaving less post-solder residue
and usually eliminating the need for cleaning. See no-clean flux

Methyl chloroform (MCF)  - A designation for a popular solvent called 1,1,1-trichioroethane.  Methyl
chloroform has an ODP of 0.12.

No-clean flux » A flux whose residues do not have to be removed from an electronics assembly; therefore, no
cleaning  is necessary.  This type of flux is usually characterized by low quantities of residues.  It may be a low-
or high-solids formulation.

OOP - An abbreviation for ozone-depletion potential.

-------
74	'

Ozone - A gas formed when oxygen is ionized by, for example, the action of ultraviolet light or a strong
electric field.  It  has  the property of blocking the passage of dangerous wavelengths of ultraviolet light.
Although it is a desirable gas in the stratosphere, it is toxic to living organisms at ground level (see volatile
organic compound).

Ozone depletion, ~ Accelerated chemical destruction of the stratospheric ozone layer by the presence of
substances  produced, for the most part, by human activities. The most depleting species for the ozone layer
are the chlorine and  bromine free radicals generated  from relatively stable  chlorinated, fluorinated, and
brominated products by ultraviolet radiation.

Ozone-depletion potential - A relative index indicating the extent to which a chemical product  may cause
ozone depletion.  The reference level of 1 is the potential of CFC-11 and CFC-12 to cause ozone depletion.
If a product has an ozone-depletion potential of 0.5, a given weight of the product in the atmosphere will, in
time, deplete half the ozone that the same weight of CFC-11 will deplete. The ozone-depletion potentials are
calculated from mathematical models which take into  account factors such as the stability of the product, the
rate of diffusion, the quantity of depleting atoms per molecule, and the effect  of ultraviolet light and other
radiation on the molecules.

Ozone layer - A layer in the stratosphere, at an altitude of approximately 10-50 km, where a relatively strong
concentration of ozone shields the earth from excessive ultraviolet radiation.

PCB - An abbreviation for printed circuit board.

Printed circuit - A  printed circuit is an  electronic component designed for  interconnecting the other
components.  It usually consists of a metallic conductor pattern on an insulating substrate. After fabrication,
it is known as a printed circuit board  (PCB); after assembly where components are added, it is known as a
printed wiring assembly (PWA).

Process Window - A term used to describe the range of settings for various soldering parameters at which
satisfactory soldering results will occur.  Process parameters include preheat temperature, conveyor speed, and
solder wave height.  A small process window implies that strict control needs  to be maintained over the
process parameters.

PWA - An abbreviation for printed wiring assembly.

Reflow soldering - A method of electronics soldering commonly used with surface  mount technology, in which
a paste formed of solder powder and flux suspended in an organic vehicle is melted by  the application of
external heat.

Rosin - A solid resin obtained from pine trees which, in a pure form and usually  with additives, is frequently
used as a flux.

Rosin flux - A flux whose main nonvolatile constituent is rosin. There are several categories of rosin flux,
often designated by the codes R (pure rosin), RMA (rosin, mild activation), RA (rosin, activated usually with
free chloride ions), RSA (rosin, super activated), SA (synthetic resin, activated).

Solvent — Although not a strictly correct definition, in this context a product (aqueous or organic) designed
to clean a component or assembly by dissolving the contaminants present on its  surface.

Surface mount technology (SMT) - A technique of assembling surface mount devices or surface mount
components on the surface of PCBs and PWAs, as opposed to wiring them through holes.  Surface mount
technology offers a number of important advantages such as miniaturization, but also some disadvantages such
as difficulty in defluxing under certain types of SMD.

-------
                                                                    	       .   75

Surface mount component (device) - A component capable of being attached to (device) a PCB by surface
mount technology. The device may be either leaded or leadless.

Vesication - A blistering defect which may occur on boards with confonnal coatings when excessive residues
are present
              •
Volatile organic compound (VOC) - These are constituents that will evaporate at their temperature of use
and which, by a photochemical reaction, will cause atmospheric oxygen to be converted into potential smog-
promoting tropospheric (ground-level) ozone under favorable climatic conditions.

Wave soldering - Also known as flow soldering, a method of mass soldering electronics assemblies by passing
them, after fluxing and  pre-heating, through a wave of molten solder.

-------
76

-------
                                                                                        77
                                   APPENDIX A

                        INDUSTRY COOPERATIVE
                 FOR OZONE  LAYER PROTECTION
The  Industry  Cooperative  for  Ozone  Layer
Protection (1COLP) was formed by a group of
industries to protect the ozone layer. The primary
role of ICOLP is to coordinate the exchange of
nonproprietary  information   on   alternative
technologies,  substances,   and   processes  to
eliminate ozone-depleting solvents.  By working
closely  with solvent users, suppliers, and other
interested organizations worldwide, ICOLP seeks
the widest and most effective dissemination of
information  harnessed  through  its  member
companies and other sources.
    ICOLP corporate, affiliate, and associate
    members include:

        AT&T
        British Aerospace
        Compaq Computer Corporation
        Digital Equipment Corporation
        Ford Motor Company
        Hitachi Limited
        Honeywell
        IBM
        Matsushita Electric Industrial
        Mitsubishi Electric Corporation
        Motorola
        Northern Telecom
        Texas Instruments
        Toshiba Corporation
In addition,  ICOLP  has  a  number of industry
association and government organization affiliates.
Industry association affiliates  include  American
Electronics Association (AEA), Association Pour
la Research  et Development  des Metbodes et
Processus   Industriels,  Electronic  Industries
Association,   Halogenated   Solvents   Industry
Alliance,  Japan   Electrical   Manufacturers
Association,  and  Korea  Specialty  Chemical
Industry Association.  Government organization
affiliates include the City of Irvine (California), the
Russian Institute  of Applied Chemistry,  the
Swedish Environmental Protection Agency, the
U.S. Air Force,  and the U.S. Environmental
Protection  Agency (EPA).  Other organization-
affiliates are  the  Center  for  Global  Change
(University of Maryland), Industrial Technology
Research Institute of Taiwan, Korea Anti-Pollution
Movement Association,  National  Academy  of
Engineering, and Research Triangle Institute. The
American Electronics Association, the Electronic
Industries  Association,  the  Japan Electrical
Manufacturers Association, the Swedish National
Environmental Protection Agency, the U.S. EPA,
the U.S. Air Force, and the U.S.S.R. State Institute
of  Applied   Chemistry  have  signed  formal
Memorandums of Understanding with ICOLP.
ICOLP  will  work  with  the  U.S.  EPA  to
disseminate information on technically feasible,
cost  effective,  and  environmentally   sound
alternatives for ozone-depleting solvents.

ICOLP is also working with the National Academy
of Engineering to hold a series of workshops to
identify promising research directions and to make
most efficient use of research funding.

The goals of ICOLP are to:

• Encourage the  prompt  adoption  of  safe,
   environmentally  acceptable,  nonproprietary
   alternative  substances,  processes,  and
   technologies to replace current ozone-depleting
   solvents

-------
78
• Act as  an  international  clearinghouse  for
  information on alternatives

• Work  with  existing private,  national, and
  international trade groups, organizations, and
  government bodies to develop the most efficient
  means of creating, gathering, and distributing
  information on alternatives.

One  example  of  ICOLP's   activities  is  the
development  and  support  of  an  alternative
technologies  electronic  database  "OZONET."
OZONET  is accessible worldwide through  the
United Nations Environment Program (UNEP)
database  "OZONACTION,11  and has relevant
information on the alternatives to ozone-depleting
solvents.  OZONET not only contains technical
publications, conference papers, and reports on the
most  recent developments of alternatives to  the
current uses of ozone-depleting solvents, but it also
contains:

• Information  on  the  health,  safety,  and
  environmental  effects of alternative chemicals
  and processes

• information supplied by companies developing
  alternative chemicals and technologies

* Names, addresses, and telephone numbers for
  technical   experts,   government   contacts,
  institutions and  associations, and  other  key
  contributors to the selection of alternatives

• Dates  and places of forthcoming  conferences,
  seminars, and workshops

• Legislation that has been enacted or is in place
  internationally, nationally, and locally.

Information about 1COLP can be obtained  from:

  Mr. Andrew Mastrandonas
  1COLP
  2000 L Street, N.W.
  Suite 710
  Washington, D.C. 20036
  Tel: (202)737-1419
  Fax: (202)296-7442

-------
                                                                                         79
                                   APPENDIX B

            THE IPC  PHASE  III TESTING  PROGRAM
Introduction


The institute for Interconnecting and Packaging
Electronics  Circuits (IPC) Phase III Controlled
Atmosphere Soldering  (CAS)  program  was
initiated to  evaluate the effects of nitrogen as an
inciting atmosphere for  a wave solder process
utilizing  low  residue  fluxes  in  a  no-clean
application. The use of inert atmosphere soldering
had been introduced and  used by many different
companies as an early alternate to cleaning circuits
after  wave  soldering.   The  IPC CAS  study
examined two independent variables - atmosphere
and flux materials - as they relate to wave solder
processing to determine if there are any significant
problems which arise when using either the Duxes
or the inerting process. The results of this study
provide data on the effect of an inert atmosphere
in wave soldering,  as  well  as  on  no-clean
alternatives to standard wave soldering using rosin
based fluxes and post-solder solvent cleaning.
Structure of Study
The study used surface insulation resistance (SIR)
testing as a primary indicator of flux/cleanliness
effects. The study was further supported with ionic
cleanliness testing and surface chemical analysis to
provide additional data for assessing the relative
effects of the materials and processes used in the
test.  The Phase III CAS program used IPC B-24
SIR test boards for the study, which have served in
several other  previous IPC studies  gathering
similar data. Five B-24 boards were used in each
test cell.

The  control materials for this study were  rosin
based  RA  and  RMA flux formulations whose
characteristics had been evaluated in previous IPC
testing. The test fluxes evaluated were a 2 percent
solution of adipic acid in isopropyl alcohol, and a
commercially available low-solids flux formulation.
These materials were subjected to a series of tests.
These tests examined the materials in an array of
process configurations  involving different fluxes,
board placement, and cleaning options.

The  series  of tests  included  the  following
combinations:

   Blank
   Control
   Adipic/Up/NC
   Adipic/Down/NC
   LSF/Up/NC
   LSF/Down/NC
   Adipic/Up/C
   Adipic/Down/C
   LSF/Up/C
   LSF/Down/C .
   RA
   RMA

Where the test legend is as follows:

Adipic    2 percent adipic acid  in anhydrous
          isopropyl alcohol
LSF      Commercially available low solids flux.
Down     B-24 test board run circuit side down in
          wave solder
Up       B-24 test board run circuit side up in
          wave solder - no solder of test contacts
NC       Not cleaned
C        Cleaned in a batch non-saponified
          deionized water cleaner
RA       Control flux-solvent cleaned (methyl
          chloroform)
RMA     Control flux-solvent cleaned (methyl
          chloroform)

-------
80
The tests evaluated the B-24 board in both face up
(circuit side up) and face down (circuit side down)
formats.   This provided a direct comparison to
assess  the  effects  of  normal  processing in
comparison to a worst case scenario with flux
deposition on the top side of the board where the
flux would not be subjected to the full effects of
molten solder.  Low residue fluxes  were applied
using an ultrasonic spray fluxer for  those circuits
that were processed in the face down  position. For
circuits that required  face up processing, the low
residue fluxes were applied to those boards with
manual spray application using pump-spray bottles
until the board was saturated with flux. The rosin-
based RA and RMA  control fluxes  were applied
using standard foam fluxing techniques.  A new
foam stone was used with each material to prevent
cross contamination of flux materials.

During the soldering  process the average oxygen
content in the wave section ranged between 5 and
14 ppm of O2, with an average of about 10 ppm.
The control samples using RA and RMA  fluxes
were run in an ambient atmosphere.  All other test
fluxes  and conditions were run using the inert
atmosphere.

The Phase III  CAS program  evaluated  these
processes for use in both military and commercial
electronic assemblies with the primary concern
being  cleanliness of  the  boards  after  wave
soldering. Two different types of Ionic Cleanliness
checking machines were used in the CAS program
- an lonograph  500 and two Omegameter 600
SMD machines.  Pric: to initiation of the testing,
all of the boards were visually examined, serialized,
electrically checked, cleaned in the  Omegameter
600 SMD machines to a baseline reading, dried in
nitrogen and sealed in individual  Kaypak bags.
Process travelers accompanied each board through
the production process to track the  board and its
process flow.

After the boards were passed through  the wave
soldering machine, they were inspected for visual
defects, sealed again in individual Kaypak bags, and
routed to other testing procedures. The additional
testing procedures included ionic cleanliness, SIR
testing (using  two different profiles ~  Standard
Navy • Condensing Atmosphere Profile and the
Modified  Navy   Profile   -   Noncondensing
Atmosphere  Profile), and  evaluation  by high-
pressure liquid chromatography (HPLC) and ionic
chromotography   (1C)   to   determine   ionic
contamination levels.  During the processing all
boards were handled with clean white gloves to
help minimize extraneous contamination.

The results from the ionic cleanliness testing are
presented in  Exhibit 14.   The  results  of the
condensing atmosphere SIR testing are presented
in Exhibit 15.  The results of the noncondensing
atmosphere SIR testing are presented in  Exhibit
16.
Conclusions
Based upon the results obtained  from the ionic
cleanliness and SIR testing, the low-solids fluxes
provided results equal to or better than the solvent
cleaned rosin-based controls.

HPLC and 1C test results indicate a similar level of
organic and  inorganic  residue present on the
surface  of the boards.   These test results are
consistent with values observed in other IPC tests
as well  as those observed in industry. The test
results  indicate that low-solids  fluxes can  be
effectively used in controlled atmosphere soldering
applications when used with appropriate materials,
proper handling, and proper operating procedures.

No negative effects were observed that could be
attributed to the reduction of oxygen in the solder
wave area. In addition, no solderability issues were
observed in running the boards across the wave
solder machine and nothing was found  in  the
cleanliness or SIR testing.  It should be noted that
components were not soldered to these test boards.
The effect of the reduced oxygen levels in the wave
soldering zone can  be observed in the  visual
inspection of through-hole solder joints. However,
facilities using nitrogen  incited wave soldering in
conjunction with low-solids fluxes  routinely report
low defect levels (less than 200 ppm) for processes
that are running under proper control. Therefore,
considering all of the information  gathered in this
study,   it  has  been   demonstrated  that  the
combination of low-solids  fluxes with a controlled
atmosphere offers an  effective   alternative  to
cleaning after wave soldering and  can significantly
reduce waste streams in manufacturing.

-------
                                                                     81
                               Exhibit 14
 AVERAGE IONIC CLEANLINESS OF TEST SAMPLES
                                              Machine 1-600

                                               Machine 2-600
                                   UMd to Solder Ckcufe
Key: AA  =  Adipic Acid
    LSF =  Low-solids flux
    U   =  Board face up
    D   m  Board face down
    NC  =  Board not cleaned
    C   =  Board cleaned in nonsaponified deionized water cleaner
    RA  =  Activated rosin control flux cleaned in methyl chloroform
    RMA =  Rosin mildly activated control flux cleaned in methyl chloroform

-------
82
                               Exhibit 15
        AVERAGE SIR DATA FROM CONDENSING
                     ATMOSPHERE TESTS
       100000000
                    24   96   168  336   504   672
                             HounofSlRTMtTIm*
673   697
Key: AA  = AdipicAcid
    LSF - Low-solids flux
    U   — 3oard face up
    D   = Board face down
    NC  = Board not cleaned
    C   = Board cleaned in nonsaponified deionized water cleaner
    RA  = Activated rosin control flux cleaned in methyl chloroform
    RMA = Rosin mildly activated control flux cleaned in methyl chloroform
                                                                    •A-U-KC

                                                                    •A-D-NC

                                                                    •A-U-C

                                                                    'A-D-C

                                                                    1L-U-HC

                                                                    • L-D-NC

                                                                    •L-U-C

                                                                    •L-D-C

                                                                    •HA-D-C

                                                                    •RMA-D-C

                                                                    •CCaiTROL
                                                                    •BLANK

-------
                                                                 83
                             Exhibit 16

    AVERAGE SIR DATA FROM NONCONDENSING
                    ATMOSPHERE TESTS
       1.QOE+15
       l.OQE+14

     I l.OOE+13
       l.OOE+08
                   24    96    166   336    504
                           HoutsofTMtTbvw
672    674
Key: AA  = AdipicAcid
    LSF = Low-solids flux
    U   = Board face up
    D   = Board face down
    NC  = Board not cleaned
    C   = Board cleaned in nonsaponified deionized water cleaner
    RA  = Activated rosin control flux cleaned in methyl chloroform
    RMA = Rosin mildly activated control flux cleaned in methyl chloroform

-------
84

-------
                                 85
          APPENDIX C

PATENTS RELEVANT TO CONTROLLED
    ATMOSPHERE SOLDERING

-------
86

-------
 United States Patent
 NowotmU
                                                                         5,071*058
                                             H5]  Pate 9f Patent;    Dec. 10,1991
[54]  PROCESS FOM JOINING/COATING USING
     AN ATMOSPHERE HAVING A
     CONTROLLED OXIDATION CAPABILITY
     Inveator  MarkS.
                                  N.Y.
[21]  AppLNo: 41138
[22]  Fikd:     Ott.lB.IMf

                US.
PU
[32]
us. a.
                              22S/42; 427/432
                  	221/119.211.179; IMll.
           22S/1MU. 37.42,223. 219. 221; 427/432
[MJ
     US. PATENT DOCUMENTS
        9/1975
3.900.191  t/1979
4.121.790 10/1971
4J694U  1/I9U
4,444.114  4/19*4
4431.797  9/1919
440M93  S/19M ChnaophetaL
4410391  9/19M
                                     221/320
                                       /219
                                      i/iaai
                                       /219
      FOREIGN PATENT DOCUMENTS
      99894  S/197S  «T—               *»«/»i«
     129M10 tO/1971  tMad rjajllnai	22S/219
    2171042  7/1917  IMMd
          OTHER PUBLICATIONS
                     Chip » Smtacnte » O»-
                       ". IBM Tecbx • j»l Dado-
rare Balkan. voL 20, No. 6, Now. 1977. p.,
     -FSp
                                           the 21st
                                           Mayl971.pe.27S-3S4.
                                                                I ML Mcouncii
                                                      . «r Am—Alvm H. Fntachler. Peter
                                                          ABSTRACT
                                                           to a method of eoodoctini a joi-
                                              1ST]
                                                                                  of
                                                                                   n
[63]   ConiiMirina of Scr. No. 29U59. Sep. 30. IMJ. abm-   M
                           1/219; 221/223;    datm
            ig atmotpbefe having
                that ircfuiifo to
                      ferjobv
                      ICMOU-
than that of air. Typically the wo-
                         of ni-
                                                      a set point. The luge of the setpoint
                                                                            which can
                                                                 10 ppn to about 100.000
                                                      on the application. When a flax is med
                                                              • icflow mhkiiiii. the iei-
                                                   100 MTBI as teat than abovt y)i.ffft BMP of

                                                        300 poo to about 10000 ppn. When
                                                        the joinmg techaiqae is wave soider-

                                                   UOOOppn to about lOQuOCOppa of oxygen

                                                   SQUOOO ffiwit to about JOjOOft ffPBii

                                                a Jiiiaint'u^iii j tiinntuhfre having a lower

-------
Jrareni
Dec. 10,1991
5,071,1158
                                    12
               / S S / S S ' S S / / / / / A
                X\\X\X"V \\XW\Xt
               ^ii^ii^^^^^^ii ^i^.
              FIG.  IA
              F/G.   IB
                                    K>
                             12
                                 r
              FIG.  1C

-------
                                             5.071.038
                         1

    PROCESS FOR JOINI*G/COA1INC USKG AN
      ATMOSPHERE HAVING A CONTROLLED
             OXIDATION CAPABILITY

  M^SS^^*^tiT^flp5lk*lio"Ser-    Antowi*«*»"»^^
  No. 07/2J1.*59. filed Sept.  XX I9SS. and now afaaa-    oxygen content.  Liquid puttied nitrogen  which bis
  dcned.  .                                          been vapomed it mmnmcndcd as the comroUed atmo-
           f-LDOFTHEWVENTTON                      .»       UM^r. ^.d^ Aug.
    Thisnventxnratsmtoametbodofjoiamg/coatiBg    19. 1973. dartoiei a method far flux free soldering of

  ----- ^ --- ._*_*_; — . -- : ----- 1__ . -------- .    - ^ —  _
                                                          	,	wetting agents are
                                                 15 added to the solder. Tbe solder • « aac based solder
                                                     US. Pat. No. 4.121.730 to Seboer et aL. dated Oct.
          .    .          _             . ,	   K l>7>. disdann processes and compositions for sol-
  Tbe method can be opomiicd to provide improved   owing ahumnum containing workpieces. The 757 to Benifer. daieJ Sept. j.
 compounds which are  detrimental to wettnig of the    l9Mdea*e»«™«hodof wave soldering in an enclo-
 substrate oartees wbkfa are to be joined or coated.    "B^^cb is mbwanrtrily free of oxygen. A gaseous
 However, fhuing agents are typically corrosive ami * >*mj°Bg *9e>H «"cfa as hydrogen is added to tbe oxy.
 residues mast be removed  ftom workpieces after the    f«»*«««tmosphere in tbe enclosure to provide a flu>-
 joiaing or coaaag operabon. In addmon. should tbe
                                                          **" "**•«*** tcToiristopb el aL. dated
                                                               UJL Patent No. GB 2171042. to Kamijo
                                                   et aL. dated July 1.1987. discloses an apparatus for wire

                                        	 .     	an etectric discharge to msh a fine metaJ wire
                       „    .	   ec*1 "f™"?    into • ban shape:  the ball of metal  is subsequently
                       ff ^ MsMmtta^autaf MS^tnaSa* *aVanK4l mm	-•*	-*         •
                  -_                     r   *5 ""•»< •» <»* f«»"ncciiem area, wherein the metal
can be welted by the soider/coanag a provided and tbe
                  -_
  an e wee   y  e soercoanag a provie  an tbe    ftows nder pressure K> form a bond. It is desired to
 soMcr/coaMf .y..-!^.. ts camedom man mnatao.    have the metal whicn » pressed im^ U« esmnectiom
 sphere, such as an oxygen free atiaoiphera.it is possible    area be suNtaaiially fm of c«ides and impurities. This
 to  solder/coal the metallic substrate without a flux.    is accomplished uiag one of two methods: 1) When a
 However, fluifan soldering in aa men atmosphere does »  tote wire of pure silver is used, the oxygen content of
 not alwBM nravide MSCOMM ujiu— • at th» .M-IK*    -^- _. —
          	       -    	,    	r.	— -w .WK *m «• pure iHvcr *» oca, me oxygen content or
not always provide adequate, wetting  of the  metallic    tbe atmosphere surrounding the electric discharge area
wb«r«ie.Thevi»co^«^Hir{»cetartiooofthemet-
                	     « wwm the metal ball is formed is maintained at no
al-comprising  filter  material causa such material to    more tban 100 ppm. or. 2) When the metal wire is not •
form droplets and pull away from the ntftatltc substrate    pure Tti* tmt has ****TM<1 metal impurities added to it
whkh must be weU contacted by the metal comprising 33 to increase the wire tensite strength, the oxygen content
filler material to obtain a good bond between such mate-    of th* «mM»k«M. «»~..~ii~- >k» _«__^ -i:—•	
   er matera to otain a goo  bond between such mate*   of the »«"ift'p>**»* surrounding the electric discharge
rial and tbe substrate, Tbe pulling away of the metal.   areaismatmainedat lOOppmioMOppm. In this second
comprising filter material from tbe substrate  n fre-   method, die metal impurities are deposited as oxides on
queatly referred to as dewenmg. The wetting ability of   tbe surface of the molten metal ball, so that when the
the metal comprising filler material has been increased 40 ball is pressed into the connections area, the pure metal
by adding wetting agent* such as bismuth, strontium.   inside the ball forms a better bond in tbe contacting
barium. beriUiom. and antimony to the metal-compris-   area.
ing filter material However, these wetting agents are     The U^. Patents listed above which relate to solder-
expensive, ipmrtinui generate toxic fumes, and en   ing either state directly or infer thai the oxygen content
form unricurablf compounds, such as brittle mter-met- u of tbe soldering atmosphere should be free of oxygen
allies, within the solder (which weaken the solder).      entirely  or that the oxygen  concentration should be
  Typical of the known an in this area are the follow.   reduced to tbe minimum practical,  in addition, several
ing UJS. PM. Nos.                                   of the methods described require presence of* reducing

-------
                                            5.071.038

toMering armosphm. or the addition of wetting <
pounds u> the iolder/caatmg material,                  uuiciuu naara aes»gns ana nux typi  .
  li would ae an advantage to have a jonmg/oaatmg    ami ripi riiiii •miiiii over the 1.000 to 100.000 ppm
method which pn»^iinproved wetting between the    oxygen oaaeannMB range will provide an optimum
                          fowerialandihemetal- 5  oxyEncoacenmuon for a particular a^icatuo.
                           the production me of      When jranrngftriarhtg i« conducted in the absence of
                                                                      for wave soldering will vary for
          meal oauda. and does KM rcqunibeaddt-    a Dux, the deared oxygen eoaceatniioo Cm an atmo-
lien of a wetting agent 10 the metal comprising BPerA    sphere rrmiiiriiif substantially, of nitrogen and oxygen)
coating material.                                    win decrease and the allowed variability will be less.

       SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION        10  BIUEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
that of or. h
oxides. Typically the
and lae oxygen
      The set
  The method of the promt invcation couipriiu con-     FIGS. 1A-1C show schematics of the dewening of
                         •boa* in an oxidiriny at-   subsgate surface which can occur during reflow solder*
                         I oxidation .-inability. The   sag or after awdcr dipping if the oxygen concentration
                                                                ? surrounding the solder is 100 ppm, or
                                                     FIG. 1A shows a substrate such at copper which has
                                                              'and with solder.
                                                     FIG. IB shows the structure obtained when an etec-
                                                               mate of the type shown iu FIG. IA b
                                                             • when the substrate b dipped in solder and
about 10 pamper mulioa(ppm) to about 100X00 ppm    the aoBospbere surrounding the soldering  operation
(10% by volume).  	^^  	                    cinni|ii ii 11 oxygen at a concentration of greater than 100
  In Bfl •flMMpQ0a> CBaVISlmVJf CHGDbUiy Of Mi HWrt gfatt    p|MnX
and oxygen, the preferred oxygen conwnt for reflow 23   FIG. 1C shows the reflow or solder dip structure
soldering of tkeueuic circuity board*, m the pmunx    obtained when the atmosphere surrounding the solder-
of a flux, ranges from gicater than about 100 ppm to las    ing operation couipibes oxygen at a concentration of
thaaatomSOXOOppm(5%by volumekoverthbaxy-    100 ppm or has.

                           SSum^iut Z tte 10      DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE
                           'bavoided. WmtThatt            PREFERRED EMBODIMENTS
b a rnirtm commonly remaining on circuit boards after      The method of the present invention cempiiiei con-'
cleaning. It it a tin-flux Lamnonnd which forms m the    ducting joinmg/coamg operations in an oxidizing ai-
presence of high oxygen UJncaiiUatiom. such as that of    mosphue having a Umited and controlled  oxidation
                                                J3 capafcihtj. The desired oxidation capability of the atmo-
                                  be used in the    sphere in the immediate space suncunding the joining-
                                      hydrogen,    /coating operation depends on the typr of joming/coai-
                                     d  mUtures    ing being carried out. However, m all cases it b impor-
theteof. One of the most piden«d men gases for use m    taw that the atmosphere have sufficient oxidation capa-
tbe present invention  is nitrogen due to tow cost and «9 bibty to form a hmned number of compounds compris-
ooiHOxichy. The  most preferred atmosphere oxygen    ing metal comprising filler or metal comprising coating
content for reflow soldering ranges from greater than    elements, thus reducing the surface tension of the metal.
about 300 ppm to about 10X00 ppm: over this oxygen    comprising filler/coating material and preventing such
conccWFation ranges there B good wetting of the sub-    man Mats from puffing into droplets instead of wetting
strate. white haie fottnaion b avoided and the circuit 43 the substrate surface as desired. Sim. Jtaneously. if the
boards (which are typically 40uuy glass laminates) do    oxidation capabibty hi too grrat, huge wff*^>nu of com-
net shew dbcotoatkm of the tend which occurs at    poundi comprising metal compibiug rOler/coaung ma-
oxygen concntraoons of 30X00 ppm or more. The    terial rlrmrnti. snc*» as metal oxides (dross),  will he
optimum oxygen concentration for reflow soldering    formed, aa^ the presence of targe amounts of such com*
can vary for  different board  dcagm  and flux typo: SO pounds can interfere with wetting of the substrate sur-
however, minimal experimentation over the greater    face as well as provide a metal-comprising filler/coai-
than  100 ppm to less than 30X00 ppm oxygen eoncen-    mg material composition and joined/coated  structures
tration range win provide an optimum oxygen conceit-    which do not function at desired.
tration for a particular application.                       Two commonly used soldering technique?  and ex-
  In an atmosphere which consists essentially of nttro- 13 amptes of application of the method of the ptesent in-
gen and oxygen, the preferred oxygen content for wave    vennon to 
-------
                                           5.071.058
                       5                                      *         o
of ria. loe\ gold, su^cck iadian aad bboutb ia a wide     Cwait teattfsooaa|naaagepa«y^laBlaaimaie mate-
range of relative peroentages. Reflow soldering ntypi-   rial were aanany etoctroetaied with a 6fc40 ba had
callydooem air at a lena^aiirebgrwtrn shorn 200*0   solder aa top of copper c&canry. The boards were
aad about 230* C: however, reflow soldering has been   coated with RMA Oax and heated man oven to a nuuu*
done over a icmuciaiuic range bom about ISO* C to > mm iiai|iiiiiaii Between 220* C and 240* C the
about 500* C Mild acid Caxes are Tamper  used to   tool taa* far aeatmg and coabag of the tnaids was
dissolve eabtiag i**Hft off of the solder and substrate   about S aaaaaas. lac aaaopbere composed dry mtro-
surfaces. A comraoaly used, mildly active flux is resin   ^toga^rmnimikMtot* 10 ppm oxygen) with
or RMA Oax; this to r bfcad of alcohol ****> •***   eoatislUd aonooas of oxyaen. Aodmoas of    —
(rosiaX and i
                               slow!

                                 thought that n-
                                                      EFFECT OP IEFLOW SOtDEMNO ATMOSPHERE
                                                                 KTRATUNONSOLXNatDEWETTma
                                                                             AMB WHITE MATE
                                by the solder. We
gold, silver.- nickel, or Kavar.
prising nickel aad i
ter Technology Corporation ofl
cuit boards
tammatesori
  Reflow soldering I
in air and in
cmic <,ntr
-------
                                            5,071.058
                        "                                                8
 tratktt. Wave soldering is a process whereby ekaronic                  TAB
            are attiched to a cncailboud by bringing	TABLE 2-continned
      the component ad the band ia contact with a      ^errecnoFW A VE lotDHUNO ATMOsmcmE
 solder bath or wave. Typify the component to be
 the board aiid the asscnwly is contacted with the solder
 bath. The coniponentB held mpoBtm mine board by               BUDGES rex    DROSS pftotxrcno!
         iHtcii n pfirtifg cuiuiBOiift of im? ""*niirrtf m    __fgOj _______ BOARD
 through hotes in the board or using a glue to attach the       »"»         o                aj*
 connectors to the board. The solder bath or wave wets 10    l*2?         '                »»
           ,     f                ,                     3JDDD         T *               A4M

                               r m [I I •lllliMm Jill**.    •^««Smmm«immmmmimmmmmmmmm**VBBjjjjjn>BBA.m^BWWWiB!^
 IJMK lOHScr Ouafn ffB^pttuttty • paauagapagg IQ iQfm g •VVBBW^MHHH.            . -
 wave. If the solder is not pumped, then the proem is     _"» »/*•>» per hoard ranged bctmiui 0 and 2 tor
 referred to as drag soldering. Wave tirfirfring is also I* ?****_ ****jy.a*°ye *** Pereent (tOOOO ppmX Ti

 motrve radiator is«mMiri The method of the --     _
 invention on be applied ID meal joining |"-- run of    T^?** ? _<°Jl^_*Bgtf' Tne dra>> fonmtion rate
 toe type dncribcd above and can be extended to other    ™"t"Bt" «B»**7 *om Ml mVhr M 20&QOO ppm
 aiipUcation by one stflted m the an.                » <20% by voi«ne) oayjia ooncemratwn to aot Ita^ir
   UA  PW.  No. 4.6KU9I w Ae proett iavemor day    "MpPp^-Trhe prdemd oxyfra cowcntraiion is.
 rtmrrt thit ihrtr irr trih aiUiaiin ' ••>' tlimUinmi i    ^a*fa». >tni im •boat JOjOOO ppm «ad 30000 ppm
 to wave soldering in a low nijgtn rnnliinim «aw    far tha pynpibr .soidering a|iplirnriim; tha oaygen
 sphere.  One advantage is there is a lower production    f01*™11*110" P*^*"** •boot • 90% reduction hi drou
 me of dross ia ••••K«-)JT"r* comprising • low oxygen ** formation me without inrfriirj bridging.
 concentration. Droas is a munuv of solder oxide and    . *^"c °f^"IB °?y concentmion for wave lolder-
 solder which is typically contmnaPy iuua»ed hem the    mgwfll vary far dilfami board designs and fliu typev
 lolder bath and replaced with pure solder, •^rmng    ***BOT "^ jf*111'"1 **• ** done *° determitie the
 the COM of soldering. One disadvantage of tewoxygm    opwn levclk b b eipeend. m view of the proent

 Bridging B the oaatended joinia^ c/ad>cent compo-    °??? *"•'"" •*•"• ^^ •• "nwrcr. atxxx 1.000 ppm
 nent leads by solder. Bridging CM resnhm shorting ovt    a-d *** lOftOOO ppm. When no flu is used, the opti-
 of the cirenh. VS. PM. Ma <6!O39I describes a pro-    f"" oxygen  ronfrmntiore may be tubuantially
 cess for wave soldering a work piece wherein a portion    lower-         _
 of the w^vg « in frmo^fi t^itt, • ^^^1. aiMMy^^  35  Tneoxiditing capability of the jommg/coMhig pro-
one percent or lenoiygen by volume, whale a dUfcrent   ««» m^ospheKcaa be controlled to the i^aired act
ponion of the wave is in contact with an atmoipbut   poiniby  nmciMn im, IIIIHIIH.I which would be apparent
contaiamg from about I tpenxn to about SO percent by   » one skuledm the art. One of the nwre common lech-
voltme oxygen.  It was rtimi»inil  upon  lutut 1*111   Move* is to control the composition of a gas which
experimentation that there are atmosphere oxygen con* *° P***** (hrougb the pun ruing area* providing the de-
cemrauons for whtch the dram production rate of the   sired atmonilmi tuiiimiiiliiigthejemmg/coatingeper-
wr-- could be reduced without causing high bridging   ***•	
mm*. TIM* H~r**~~y I'T'^lt itt qf a thtgff stmuspuuL     As previously <
in contact with the entire soldering wave, thus provid*   »»•»««€»*
mg an mipi uvyment over the pieviously
patented method.
rial having through h
locations for bridge (ocnation per b
hi MI Etectroven Econpak ronoi >o                -    _ __  .       ^
chine (of the type available from  Etectroven Ltd..    ««»eimteds»tnige«.TneCTygencjmeiasc/tlieseform»
Montreal Canada). An RMAfmi was used. Tbe boards    rf •troguirtBge from about IJOOtoabout SOOOOppm
were preheated to about HXT CThesokter wave tern.    osygien.-nieieta» two s«iice» c/ nktogen can be
pemure was about 250* C The solder alloy was«2J63 .. ™*T ***.ripf"""1 *••  «»>ogemc nitrogen. If the
by weight ratio of ondendantimony. The results for 5S **»«"* «««O|»» •«»»« does not provide the desired
bridging ratr amt drnn Modactton are summarited hi    o»y«f« conceaajnuon. it can be adjusted in a manner
TABLE 2 below.                                   wroch W|M provide the desued oxygen concentration by
                   ___, _,                      •ddrnf either nitrogen, oxygen, or air to the available
                   TABLE!                      nitrogen tanrrp.
    EFFECTS OF WAVE SOLDERING ATMOSPHERE     M   Examples of srfinioMl metal application processes
  OXYOEN «>"OHO«.*mWO RATE AND     wmch would benefit from use of • procasing atmo-
                                                  sphere of controlled mintrimi cipability Jnclude hot air
                                                  hjvelhig, which based to cott circuit boards with tol-
           MIDGES PER    DROSS PRODUCTION      ***•. •"* •»!»«•«"•«. «^ tin coating of steel.
              JOARD       ~   iN'uis7H»"~"   M   The •bove rtiirlinure illustrates
  mum          t                 a«l              which demonstrate the method of the pro
  tooooo          l                «>««.            The best mode of the invention as presently contem-
                                  a»              plated is disclosed. However, one skilled in the an will

-------
                                            5,071.058  .
                       9                                                  10
        : the broad rangec/applicability of the generic    reduced dacotonooa aad reduced white hue on saw
concept of the umiuion It i
c«ihediscicaedembodm*«whicbIaUwiihwthespirit      (a) providiag a balh of meal-comprising filler mate-
and scope of the invention be included as part of the        rial, wherein said filter material is provided at a
invention, as npuiiii! in the appended claims.        9     tmpcratun at which  it  is sufficiently  fluid and
  1 claim:                                             . active to bond to said metal-comprising surfaces
  1. A method c/apptyd^ a inetalO^**a^ ^^ •nnaj^im^^BW •••WWi**""""*'  41W     (Ca^BDCflttanVC WIBCA PCfaWtt  •n'OCBttnttlf? DQBQlflF OI

                                   - - ,   	, »  .        4»nmm ^•/•mm^^nm VanHfl •ajm»«nnn*»^ njMM *^B ^•^••^*i Wj 4Pmn»jii
                                   slut provided
                                                                                      surfaces to be
                                                                                     filer material in
                                                                                               ;sur-

    >1fljii-i..^tti<*aiiiil LiminniimMHTmt—"""•'    	             •    -           »circuit
     "^T~Ijr*^ i^gj ggg (ibtnBte ana in a shirty    board which method provides good wetting of said
                                10 ppm to about    material used to join said metalif| ctwpnsmg a metai-com-     (b) beating said assembly to a temperature at which
    mime eeatmn material which ism contact with at       said uuial i cmiprhing filter material is sufficiently
    !*••••*•• •"^^•^™
    least one substrate area to which said metal-corn-        fluid and active to join said meial-compnsing sur-
    prising coating material is to be bonded: and.             faces, wherein said heating is carried out in a single.
  (b) heating said assembly to a temperature at which 39      controlled oiktiring atmosphere having an oxygen
    said metal-UMT inismg coating material  is suffi*        concentration of from about 7.000 ppm to about
    ciently fluid and active to bond to said substrate        lOOjOOOppm.
    area, wherein said heatmgis carried out in a single.      12. The method of daim 10 or claim 11 wherein the
                                      ; an oxygen    neteng temperature of said metal-comprising filler ma-
                 of from about  10 ppm to  about 40  ttrial is teas than the metong temperature of said at teast
     IfXXQOO ppm. '                                  two metal-comprising surfaces.
  3. Tbe method of dacB I  or daim 2 wherein said      U TT« method of claim 10 or d«cn 11. wherein •
oxygen concKntraoon^is umuoUcd^at a set yamt	     Una is added to said mtial rompriiing filler material or
  4w The method of daim 1 or 2 wncntin a flm 0 prca*    0 flax is TTT***** to at least mtv of said metaJ^omprising
em at  the  time  of ceniaciing said meul
-------
                    „                5,071,058
                    11                                          12
        ."^ <*^J*"M ***«* «*«»«"     »T»e»«fc*l of claim I wbemn tbe coatnsnate-
^^   am ts GDuroUed from about  10 to about   |^ « «PP^ «. «»pewi« of »m than .bout 230«

  20. Tbe method oTdatm 11 whema taid i
                                          3 »o nrni mniiH	• raier m~t~«^ or a flu a appbcd

                                        JS
                                        43
                                        40
                                        63

-------
United States Patent
Nowotatdd
                                          [il]   Patent Number      4,823,680
                                                                Apr. 25,1989
(34) WIDE LAMINAR FLUID DOORS
                            JmntRY.
                                            FOREIGN PATENT DOCUMENTS

                                          &CT333 4/If7T
                                           S4OMI
P3J A«*


PI] ApptNo:

122] roe*    DK.7.WT
                                                OTHER PUBLICATIONS
                                                        ^CIMM! ^\M^>^flHMM^*> *.*— •^ j^>,.
                                                        ran uywzncs * Mcunw
                                       flBL Nor Yoik. 196L Swtiw ia pp. I-U ttd ScctkM
                             VMF9/M
                                       34-34,
                                                                 M«y 1987, pp.
                                                          loyee
                                                              UChureh
                                                                        of an
                         29IV2I9; 412^4
       US. PATENT DOCUMENTS
                                                       ftOndtoOow.in
                                                toordiracdyaeRmm
   3J2UN
   3J3UM
   X573JW
   XW7JOO
   UW.90D
                                                    of find tow fact
                                                  wtthoftfee
   MIU10
   4J5UWI

-------
US. Patent   Apr.25,w89
4,823,080
                                        12
    FIG.  IB

-------
US. Patent  A|>.25,iM»     am 2*3    4,823,680
                              FIG.2

-------
Apr.2S.lS89     She* 3 of 3    4,8i3,<»»
      FIG.  3
                          56
         IG. 3A

-------
                                       4.823,680

                                                US. Pat. No. 4.69*226 to Winner describe
       WIDE LAMINAR FLUID DOORS           barrier cunani at an aperture in a wall within a duct, as
                                              at the entrance of a furnace. The fluid barrier curtain is
    BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION        used to maintain separation of fluids oa opposite sides of
  • ci^i ~r-«-- IMMIHIJJLIL •                  '    *  *** haiiiu" cunam. Wttmef dncuitei the importance of
  T^t^vSS^LestoamelhodawJtppara-    ^.fj?0*"* fe*"* Wang an effective barrier


=^^^-^^^^sl™,ri: w «3^^^H^^i.^EJ
                                              aide of the xone, mcludiag the use of f***" edge vanes
                                              located at the aide of the apparatus from which the fluid
                                              is removed; and, the iHitinmhip between the width of

                                              distance acton which the fluid enter* and exits. e.g. the
                                              gae^aBBe aCVQvV  |Q£ c£*»£ajie£a«jpBV 2OflC C8B  OC a& ftJtBt 9£
                                              thirty tines the width of the slot in She  fluid curtain
                          to direct the flow of
                  or to contnllhe comoocoioo of
                                                Several of the geooal prindpab of find dynamic*
                                           20 WUCD provide beckfEQQQd m^™ limntHiyfc related to the
                                                sacst OVCBDOQ Bay be found to Stpeeter« nandboott
                                              of Fluid Dynamka-. McGraw-Hill New York, 1961 in
                                              Section 10. pages 1-13 and m Sectioa 26. pages 1-21.
                                                The dftigii of the apparatus used to pieveiit an exter-
           	  - ,	   _   ,_.	.,	,	,	w ual fluid from entering a procus space can vary, as
   t treated. Soaieoi toe BKaauaeMappucaDOMOtjias    ahntrated by the apparatus 4*R\vn4 m the patents
jets or curtains •" ^ ^ I*"""**1 *^ """ll,^*    B«ted above. State of the an technology has permitted
from cuiniiig a procesi space wheretn a conaaaous    ^ ^^^^ ^f p^ contaminants within the process
uuuveyor awst uuwc parti iitHmgh the |j«» Jis apace.    apace to averaae ".T™9**t*"**7i>t as low as about 100
US.Pwi«dBcn»«^«aeofgBa>en.«a«^ia 30 ^
this latter manner •cnde USL_Pit j*x WjWU to    cenlhiidthiwijh openings to the process. The 100 ppm
Colemaa, earitled: APPARATUS  FOR KRADIA-    coacentmtkmh  tbVnonn«l preceas condition, with
TION IN A CONTROLLED ATMOSPHERE; US.    rrm^mr »*-fi>™ ocrnrr«g. dm ing which contami-
Pat No. S.807JDS2 to Trow, entitled: APPARATUS    _.. concentration can rise as faian as ambient concen-
FOR IRRADIATION OF A MOVING PRODUCT „ „*„ (iO*ppmX
IN AN INERT ATMOSPHERE;  US. Pat  Na      There are tmne applications for which a 100 ppm
3.936.930. lo Tioue, eatitled: METHOD OF INERT-    ~»t.,»MrW», u^i. rod p.fri^.u.iy »~4^
ING THE ATMOSPHERE ABOVE A MOVING   H Mjt. M io*ppm mult to product defects or rrdnced
PRODUCT; US. P«L Na <29&J41 to Nowadd. cob-   -JM c.M.1a>.fffthftfit?HrttHit'.-m H^^rf'*•»»
tied: INDUSTRIAL OVEN HAVING MEANS FOR *> ^^^^.SeaueaaSetarmut^amafmttKfe
MINIMIZING HEAT LOSS; US. PaLNp. 4^448.616.   oooTuTa particle-free environment, due tosubnicron '
to Francis. Jr. et aL> cantlea: PROCESS FOR RE-   BBC /ttm^MJ^i. jn fhrtrkal ctrcnitn- which can be
DUONG  BACKMOONG;  and  US.  Pat No,   moered inoperative by the presence of a panicle of
4>69&226  to Wtoer.  entitled: FLUID BARRIER   dun. Heat^reatmg. joining and formmg of metals re-
CURTAIN SYSTEM.                          45 „««» oi»geu4kBe gaseous eavtroaount at elevated
  US. Pat No. 3J07J52 to Troue dnciceei a treatment   lempuatitft, since pretence ofmygen (even at concen-
endoaurc  for the contmuoui in-Une atadiation Meat-   natiom as k>w as 10 ppm) can cause pans to discolor so
nim of tesnrtvc of a iiiovmg coated product. The   that they matt be reworked or pickled. In the case of
treKmentcnckiHuc includes means for maintaunag the   bnziafev presence of oxygen may prevetU jointag from
surface c/a moving coa^prodiKn under a blanket of 30 mxiutingao that the part bnrined. Thick film firing of
neft 0vi flBHB^ we mvoia&oD tveatnieiit theROL Tlooe   printed cizcoits fiPBQtte&tiy if^ji'f'T* several difTcieist
       > the importance of the following features ie-   processing zones in series, with each tone compraiaga
          [gMblaaketing: That the men gas flow be   dif
     r, that there be a long rnliaixr rnnnrt rrom amb*-   anch as those used for soldering or galvanizing require
ent air which siu rounds the enclosure to the source of 33 protection from oxygen; current technology requires
the tRRt gas flew and that the ga* flow be directed   piacmg aa enclosure over the hath and purging it with
downward toward the surface of the moving coated   an men or reducing gas, or placing an men liquid atop
product.    •                                    the  iff"**"? IT**** surface. These techniques restrict
  US. Pat. N0.4.44S.616 to Francis. Jr-etaL relates to   accesi to the nx>hennxtal surface, cattsecwuuninatioo
a process for suhatinTialry reducing the h"'""i"»i or n and rrll**M"tMlly JIM u in . the operating' com of the
                                         by   process. la addition, tiuie are application* wherein it is
the ia«c/a particular gM jet arnngeaiem and a defined   desired to protect a window from obscuration by a diny
gas flow rale, ine gas jet arrangement cotupmes a pipe   environment
with holes which produce* a turbulent flow unJermost     The known technology, prior to the present rnven-
r onrtiMons of uptrainu^ The hole sate or width of a slot 45 two* permits incursions of the type previously desciibcd
in the gaa distribution conduit is specifically stated not   due to u^ of flow stability. The incursions, due to the

-------
                                           4,823.680
                                                                             of aa opening
                                                                          r	g	—	  ~^^w ^»^"^»J*
                                                  with M poiiiuM protected by mother fluid layer. The


                                               10 «. •..;-.- —	=-•—• to be mrifprnrtrnt of any
                                                                       or zones. Different flid com.
                                                             be used far ovcrttppm| prtM
                       COOsBCICfl IflBtt vflft flWCCaUl
                                 It is abo desired
                                               U
   plane. Cost, safety, and i
                             to
                       Quid compugtion
            of ambient iato the preceat
             £:.Md*-rt«.d

        SUHHARyOTlHEINVENIIOH
There ate abo
                                                                       6** ««nM« flow*) are not
                                                                             flew rate of the fluid

                                                                             fB fioa " aaen^

                                                                           costly joUuittbere a.
                                                                         in tenai of procai eco-
                                                                         e applications for which
                              i of enenal fhads    *?f .•"<»?'•"*  iaereatein
 by eaaaag a flaid toflow, fa lamiuai ftmu, fa pradarity JO •'^•'•Py mririin ptetectioa and a flow rate a

        totfaecnqtaiacdBpao&.Taedq>thortfaickM    ****> Tae optoaom  flow rate can be detemtaefw
                                                 "iniiml qpmimntaiiuii. the Quid at or behind the area
                                                 P«» «  opoinf to be prateeted b lanpied for the
 portoo of drat tart oaenriiihit to be protected, in 33 »«*^*'- l«i^^ty of JateteKaad the fluid flow rate b
 the direction of Onidlkw at the ioarce of oriain of the    *«•»* *>«"» the Hmitatiota pro: owjy speculed,
                         of fhdd flow b at leatt    fat&m "m obtained at the aanpfed loeatioa.
                          : ***• rf «*POrtio»of     Aaa^heftiB,tiK^OfceNiBBBer-,Fr.i»a.
                    thediiectioBof Ihadflow. Ia« the«iaaTeroot of the ratio of the moraentum force of
      _	,	         , ,..„..,..     the flmdhiyer at itt source of origin. Fm. to the pressore
   »Ibrcerf the Iha^ layer at to source of oriain to the    fatce acroas the layer as it passes over the opening or
   —re  *> defined asthe reaction force of the fluid
m httnnw torn CCK» the soriiaoe.or area plane to be   MnJnst in source of oriaja. Far a Qua, thk k *qa*\ tn-
	aed> The Hiirtnrai of the protective fluid at to
     8 of origia is at least about 005 times the dataaee
     i the surface or area plane in the direction of flow
        of fluid flow ta at least about at creat as the
                                • great aatae
   Quidl layer an be aatd to protect aevetat

-------
                                            4.823,680
                                       .                                 *
       Pmai is the amimnrn pressure difference and    across boundaries within which the materials procx *•
 Ah il the area of the surface or area plane.              ing » takmg,place. The invention is particularly usefu,
   If Pmu varies with item, then akvlatknt should be    Cor applkabaas wherein it a desired to move solid ma-
 based oa the largest expected Pnaz. If Ah varies with    terial bemg processed across the sane boundaries from
 tine, then calculations ihoald be baaed on the largest 3  which enema! fluids are to be excluded and for applies-
 expected Ah.                                       tic«w^»« optical accenacnm the same bc*uidaries is
   Fm can be iMuuoUcd IB response to Fp so that Fr    dcsiifo
 remaoiwithm the desired raiis^ Alternatively, Fm can      For example, the invention b useful for applications
 be controlled in response to process fluid compoaitioo    where it is desired to mamtsin a fluid of a given compo-
 measuremeots at a given, sample jpmfrm so that Fr 10 saian. temperature or other set of intensive propenies
 remains within the dewed range.                      oneoe aide of an opening (process environment) to an
   As used herein, "fluid How me" means volumetric    endosed processing area despite the presence of a fluid
 flow rate of the fluid at the Outsource of origin.       of » djflcfert conporition, tempetantre or other set of
   As nsed benm, laminar" fluid Dow neans that the    mtenave propenies on the other side of the opening
 TTOtf**"* •f""* ™theiannn»ifliiiiUmtiflmii> the fluid IS (ambient).
 Uyer velocity at the sounx of origm of the fluid layer      One embodiment of the present invention is shown in
 are less than atioutaitmes the aven^ velocity of the    FIGS 1 1A and IB to illustrate the general principles
 fluid in its direction of flow at itt tflWffy of ongn and    involved. A portion of an enclosed processing chamber
 that the nncncnaqaare of the sixes of torbokat eddies    2 a shown having opening 4 which mutt be protected
 m the fluid teyer at its source of origin are less than 0.1 20 from catty of ambient Quid 6 uiuuit outside processing
 tines the thickness of the layer at the source of origin of    chamber 2. The processing chamber is filled with envt-
 the fluid layer.                     .                 fontnent fluid t, which differs bom ambient fluid 6. The
  BRaSFDESCRDTIONOFTHEDRAWINOS
  FIG. 1 fflnstrates one «*«HiliimfffT of the invention. 25 FIG. IA) having « height H and a length L, across
TfhaTmMfl|rr-^g*""*"M'HttiliH*M'lM*i*r*^**^*rf    which the ambient fluid 6 1» to be prevented from trmv-
from the entry of external fluid into the chamber using    ding, A Ovid distribution source 12 having an opening
a Uyer of fluid Qowmgfrem a distributioo source post*    through which Quid flow 14 ocean, in this case a reel-
boned above the opening, and wherein the opening sice    angle of width W and length Displaced on one side of
is the ITHTT as thf crcaaHMCtkwal ana of tihf fm*-l*f*'il 30 thr barrier rrTTingtf 10. In flpfr case, the fluid distribu-
                                                             12 is placed outside ime*M'*& chamber 2.
  FIG. lAgtestrimabreak^twayaoM sectional view    Le, on the ambient side of the barrier rectangle 10. A
of the pcnico of HO. 1 bearing the same numerical and    laminar flow of fluid U exits the distribution source 12,
                                                   m this oaeparaDel to the barrier rectangle 10.
  FIG. IB is 3 schemiticaPy fflaatrated side devation 35   The fluid flow 14 can be at an angte toward cr away
of FIG. 1. showing the feature whereby the angle of    from the processing chamber 2 should the application
fluid flow from the fluid distribution  source am be    requn^ and the a^sirabflity of the flutd flow 14 being »t
adjusted.                                       *   such an angle can be determined by sampling at any
  FTP f ""•*"•*•• •* •'•''TlintTiH iff fl*" j»-^b-«    goat within chamber 2 for the desired intensive proper*
similar to that Omstnted in FIG. i. hot wherein the 40 ties and adjusting the fluid flow 14 direction so as to
dmribo!ic»sauK*oftheflttidlaverisTnBiti^        '  produce the preferred results.
oradjacouuthediamberendoMiremamaanerwhich      The width W of the fluid  distribution source  12
reduces the opening soe to the chamber.                should beat least aboutOOS times height H of opsning
  FIG. 2A Olustrate»abreak'away cross sectional view    4.
ofthepcctionofHG.2bearingtbesainenumericaland 49   In practice, it is fluid flow 14 which defines the actual
alphabetical idtniifk aoon.                            uatnai1 10 which is fm im'il
  FIG. 2B is a srhmiaucADy tUustrated aide elevanon      The prown cnvnonment a, ambient o and fluid flow
of FIG. 2. thawing the feature whereby the angle of    14 may comprise any fluid composition, temperature.
fluid flow from the fluid distribution  source can be    density or other set of n
  FIG. 3 shows another raihadiuiuit of the invention    plasmas, such fluids containing pankuiate mauer. and
                     ambitnt using a layer of fluid      Under some occratmgcondnieos. some of fluid flow
from a dtstribouoo HHUBJ positioned to provide fluid    14 may mix mto pncess environment •. so it is in'efu*-
flow in a direction parallel to the horizontal surface or 99 bk that the fluid comprising fluid flow 14 be inert or
plane-                                              beneficial with lagaid to the prof t is being practiced
  FIG. JA is a schematically fflustrated aide elevation    wuhm pncess environment ft. Under other operating
of FIG. 3, showing the features whereby the angle of    conditions, fluid flow 14 does not mix ouo process envi-
fluid flow from the Quid distribution  source can be    roument t. so fluid which would be deleterious to the
adjusted and whereby the spat jug or drsfsncp bttwun 60 piucus can be used.
the fluid flow layer and the opening or surface to be      Process requirements, safety considerations, physical
protected can be adjusted.              '              Imitations, fluid cost, and the judgment of the pract
     __________ -i. JLI_ i *%«• -*^w~,    _• _ . ___ -  ,          •"•»' of the invention will determine the choice of the
     DESCRIPTION OF THE PREFERRED         fl_y -__-j^, fluid flow u
                                                   UIBO ««*"'imHi »«uia tiow i*.
                                                                                        or orienu-
  The present nventkm has broad appucation in mate-    tion. The layer of fluid flow 14 can also be of varying
flaUS ptOCCSflBf W&CfCtt It IS OCSRQ  tO VBdHCC tDC    rtttpftj WEB Of OHCDtBtlOli HTCSpCCtlVC OI UIC StZC*
Amount of external fluid, g*s or liquid, which tnvds    or orientition of opening 4» Thin, it is possible to pro-

-------
                                              4,823,680
                           Force Number which hai
                                                       aoc protected. Even in such a cue. however, the
                                                             at ^mfrjtn* * farm pr*~n *n"irff"TpfHT t will
  fluid layer It Safer geometries win provide
  performance at fee sane Fore* Number. Thm, the
  performance in a Dew application en be estimated
  b»i!donthe
                                                  U
                           of Ibid flow 14 adte
                                                                           layer.

                                                                     EXAMPLE 1
                                                                                      or«"llitotbe
    For sppirstioos in wfaicfa mote than one Quid flow

                                        ! tbe fluid
                        a Bahtvariate
              However, as initial estimate of fluid flow 23
                be made imn  the method of the pro-
                                                                                            A clear
                                                                     box 22. having opening 24 was
                                                                     temperature helium so that box 22
                                                            only benum at room temperature The inter-
                                                                          were 3.5 inches high by
                                                          wide, by 70 mehes long. Because the laminar
                                                    Btt— dimibiition source 36 was mounted so that it em-
                                                    tested downward m ftmt oftbe entrance to bn 22. the
                   offluMiflowactaaOyasedcanbe 30 •» of *oe opeoiag 24 into box 22 was restricted to
                                         wbereia    HBOA 2J inches in height H by about &5 inches in
                                                    ^•f" L Thin, the barrkrpUwe2t across the opening
                                                    "^ a local area of abott2Usouatc inches or about 1.48
                                                    E>t •V"*1* &*» The fluid distrQxition source 26 had a
                                                    *»**' w«f«*»«OJ iacha««J wMpoiitk»«dK> th*t
  ._, --
  eat tnventica and the prenmpiiaa that each component
  flow must provide the total protection for the portion of
  the desired barrier plane which it flows
  qjiently.the
      o/ the
      i ate sampled ?*^»»«*i«ig «t^        _   „__„_
        and the fluid flow rale from each individual
             iVing op the barrier plane is reduced or 39
       	I tk* overall balance des«d b obtained.
   The design of tbe fluid flow components win be a
 function of the degree of protection required, the cost
 of tbe environment, the coat of the fluid layer compo-
                                                   fluid flow from distributor 26 wo?ld be in a direction
                                                   downward across opening 24. The OJ inch width of
                                                   distribunr M was about O20 times the distance of travel
     - _            _„	^^ tirin;. ,,1ini —j^j- ...—ni^p. ,  across the opening ^* ^ ***nptr point 30 was located at
     '•mf'the jmliTnTfr*rf the pi-"i^—r •rrfrim t1"1 ^* the botnim of the cpenmgm tbe center of dmemiooL.
     MI ,rf.>J^~-r~.—.= .          -rr*'.-*       so that it was j-»««*i«M>iy behind tbe barrier plane 21
                                                   which was on the box -22 side of the laminar fluid distri-
                                                   iMMVfMk MMMMM ^£                            '
                                                     The laminar fluid dsnribution sourced device  was
                                                   fanned by construcong a box which was solid on xl>
                                                   sides except the bottom side 25 from which the fluid 27
                                                   was to flow.  The boftntn side .25 comprised a sheet of
                                                   siiilcrcd metal powder with a porosity of about 2 mi-
                                                   crons. The fluid 27 used to provide tbe laminar layer
                                                   filling bottom 25 of distributor 26 was room tempera-
                                                   tve Hrtrftsjjfn The nitrogen. Quid was tnjected mto an
                                                   opening 33 in the top of the distributor 24. Tbe size scale
                                                   of any tnrhnlfnct in the niuogui fluid 27 flowing from
                                                   dsttributor 24 was about equal to the size of porosity
 method of the present invention.
   The method of the present invention » effectively
 used when there is a positive flow rate of fluids from
 within process i nvimiiim m g across barrier plane 10.
 wboitbaresiiioenvi«)oaemOwexitmg8croaibar-43
 rier piane 10, or when there is a negative flow rate
 •cross barrier plane 10 (U-. a net inflow of fluid flow
 layer 14 acrus barrier plane 10). In the latter ease, the
 fund layer 14 mast be men or beneficial to the environ-
 nwM a; and the scceptabkaniouDt of net inflow of fluid 50
 layer M across barrier plane 10 it proportional to the
 width W of Quid layer 14 and cannot exceed the total
 flow of fluid flow layer 14.
  J1*8,"1^^ Pf^F1**™* "*eution is effective even
 when porOMtt of bamtrpUne 10 which fluid flow Uyq- 35
 14 « to prowct are blocked by phy«cal item*. One of
 the porp^c/ the inethol of the present invention it to
 allow physical objects which are  to be processed to
      ud leave) processenclosaR 2 without allowing
                                                   (about 2 mkions) of bottom 25. much smaller than 0.1
                                                   of the O3 inch width W of dBtributorM.Vnut. tbe fluid
                                                   flow 27 from bottom 2S ofdatribntot 26 was expected
                                                   to be laminar in nature. A hot wire anemometerwas
                                                   aatd to measuae the velocity fluctuations as tbe nitrogen
ambient^ to enter process enclosure 2. There is, bow- aO c merged from distributor 26. No velocity fluctuations
eve^iUw^efl^ivu«Mc/ ambient «exdnsk» if the    were observed. Thus, the nitrogen fluid layer 27 exiling
  ject prevents fluid flow 14 from reaching a portion of    distributor 2C was laminar m nature,
                                                     An extension 34 was added to the aery tic rectangular
                                                   box 22 to enhance the effect of the layer of nitrogen
                                                   fluid m exdudmg the ambient room temperature air 36
                                                   snrour.dmg the box 22. Tbe walls of the extension 34
                                                   were 5 J mcne, high. 8 J mcho ia width (equ^tem to
                                                   length L) and exnio« c« abc« 2JnSeTpi«b3rie!

            10 which protects a portim of opening 4.
Tins problem can be overcome by using more- tbm one
Quid flow couipuueiit so that the comhinsrion of com- 65
                 the •««• «f *•"" pume 10 from
                           14 a blocked off. There

-------
                                           4,823,680
                       9                                                10
 pkae2S of the ooena^ The dteance of the extension   may alter Pound the point at which Pau ocean,
 OM fh» fl« battier ftefc stow as ^ niFIO. 2,    saalng it ncccsauy to nuke pressare measurements at
   When there «n no nitrogen flaid layer 27 flowing   wioai poina across the Boundary plane to determine
 fromdistriDutor2*abebmmparie«irwaidfroejbox   p^u..
 22 of about 3400 standard c^ feet per boor (SCFH) J   Ah is the area opening 24. U8E-1 square ft.
 was reamed topivvettanibientan-(mcasaKdasax^     /Thai  Fp canals 1.99 E»3 Ib and, the value of the
 Ico)inffltr»iiooto«mplepont30.TT»chdnimpBr»e   ForeeNnnber.fr. b about OL«.
 gas was fed  into the center of imanpilar box 21
 taraegh • poroo* smtered meal cylinder 37 widen     \              EXAMPLE!
                     rfcc* of bo« a to toe center* «
                                                                         ~m	mm —
                   "».._- - *  ~«- -««— - ~  ' mm—    DOB mammuT was C4wment to that
                  BCf tnenwcrnenaBipargeiiowi, u
                                                                 • -m I  -"-mmmm-mfm-.^.^ ^^^^M^HM^^ •• V^BV* W^MMM
                                                                j 5J mcbes high. 8J inchet wide and
                                                  49 mchts long {between openings). Each distribution

    nnnummnTii    .~y —...—-....-.--.„.„^-—    ^"'^"j**^"T^^^l?^*.  •^i_*^^*j^*TTf **^^nr*Y^^
    m the hdmm environment e/box 22 wttca could be m daacawana described m Fiampr 1. Thai, thentioof
    •^ ^^^ ^P^^"^^"»          _                      ^nr  . . a-*- ._^ *   *   4nlMt 1>4^^^ ^V Mft ^l^k ftMtAflU^K m^t tf^tfmti
                                                                mmmmmmSmmmmtm^mm. ^.mmtmmtmmm 4^ *^ a^ - «	
                                                                flniriiniiion souice *» to tne DOttom
««««»« »>«•> —a be reahxed by o*ing n nhrcgcn    wafl of chanmto 23 wa» about 0^ satisfying the crite-
wide laminar flaki door to protect a helium environ-    ria flat anca ratio be at least 001
meat of a	' nciil IMOCAUL                     25   The cflectivencai of the laminar fluid layer  doon
  The Force Number for thb example can be calco-    were enhanced by extending the chamber wall oat past
Uted as follows:                                    the openings at each end of the chamber. The length of


     j- _ ( «hnm>gh t""'**^! mttal pyBnder
                                                  37, exiting fcom each i?ff"iiiHj| 24> The puige gas wnhm
                                                                           steaoy.occa»ionBuy.uie
                                                                                 imlk» a» Mgh as
                                                  liOOO ppm utygu. and then drop back to its typical


tiie fluid layer over the am of the 2
Ib/cubic foot; and His the height of opening 24. 2M t»     .	..  ,  .
B-l It Thus, Pmax eqaab IJ5 E-2 lb/lk». Typically,    *^Bju"1 a*lc"rt.P?1  _ .	„ .
Pmax will be **»* difference m meuute across »*»• fluid    nuregf B to purge sourue J7 located m the center of
 ^^^^    ^^ ,*^ •««»»*«*p«^^» ^* g.w^»»^^^ mmmm-mmmmf mmmmf mmmmmmf        ^   ^^   m^mmmL fSfmmmmmm ^_	,  «•  ..     ^^ W^

  ftyi iiitf of f**p controlled ^••niithii»« dating this ex*    oxygen clan rnlfation upatu which had occarred at
periment.no winds were present (either from withza the «5 sample point 30 disappeand. The system was nxmi-
enviromncnt imirtr enrkiafd chamber 32. or from ambi-  .  teredfar M6 bocrsand dumg that time period only 10

winds may be prurntwithm the system and such winds    0.001 per nunatc.

-------
                                           4,823,680    |                            I
                       11               r                 '    '          12
   The Force Nmnber far the abcive system was calcu-   twieas as tow as atom 1000 ppmdiie to random fluent-
 taedttsia«theiameimhadasprovidedmEXAMPLE   atiau »the awoeen flow iwieraaf the opening. Each
 I, substituting the appropriate uumfiical values.         Uatnar Anid door dotributioa 26 wu  fed with 400
                                                  SCFH of room tempenrare air white the nitrogen
   pj*L25 E-3-shigs per cubic foot. Tie volume flow a purge me at source 37 was auintamed « 600 SCFH,
 ra»eofeachlaininarfhiidlayer,V,was4.17E-2aibicft.   The osygen tevd at the sample peim decreased to a
 per iecoad.Tbe area of each dbtribotor bottom 2Sw*s   median rnnmmatinn of 10 ppg  The decreased con-
 2^ E-2se^iare feel Therefore, Fn far aeb fluid layer   centraooa of oxygen fluctuated over a nnge from I to
 distributor was 1.32 E* tta.              .            lOOppadBetBiaodomftnmiiliontintbeflowpaneni
   The weight deiu^ of nitrogen, pNjg, is 7.23 E-2Ib 10 atthedoor.TniidCTaMticdtcii.au in corygen content at
 per cubic foot. The weight deuriry of air, pig, a 7.49   die sample point upon ate of laminar fluid doors com*
 E-2top»o*fcft>ctTheh*igtocfeBchopenmgHwM   prising air was unexpected, in view of the approxi-
 2M E-l feet Thus, POMI eqaal about 5.16 E-4 Ib/il1.   matdy 21% oxygen contrtumico at the sample point
 Tie ate* of each opening was about US E-l square   wiftc« the laminar fiaid doors (even with the nitrogen
 feet. Tins, Fj» for each wide laminar Quid door was 15 purge) and in view of air being the laminar fluid 27.
 aboot7.fiZE.Slb.                .                    The Force Nmnher far each laminar Hoid door can
   Whetcby Fr eqoab aboot 1 Jl. This Force Nomber   DC rtlralatrd ma aaaunersmuTar to the previous caam-
  lb within the pnfiened range oral tola             pks.
   Aa m apparent ftom the previously presented equa-     The mm density el the nnm temperature air nssd as
 tkai. for a given applicatkiohavmg specific equipment 20 the laminar door fluid was 2J3EJ slugs per cnbfc loot.
 and flnid compoaitinni, Fr is conirolkd  by controlling   The ^olame Ouw fate of each laminar fluid layer. V.
 thevoUnneflownte.V.ortheflaidoMdtoptDvidetbe   was UU E-l cubic feet per second. The ana of the
 fluid layer. The number 31 shownonFIOS. 2,2A and   bottom 25 of each distributor 26, Aj. was about 8J3E-2
 2B represents a controlled votametnc flow rate. One   sc)uare fBet. Thns, the, moBentQtti force. Fin, equated
 skilled m the art wfflnnderstaaddiat the means of eon-25 about 143 E-4B» for each jet.
 rrol can be any means known in the an and the specific     The weight density of nitrogen at about l«TC,pN:
 means is not part of the indention                     g, ttaboatSJB El Ib. per cabic foot The weight den-
                 PYAMPun                     sity of ancient air. pag, is 7.49 E-2Ib. per cooic foot.
                 EXAMn£9                     Each openiag heightH was SJ3E-2 feet. Each opening
   A conDnnons rornace having two vertical openings. 30 area was about L67 E-l square feet Thus. Fp for each
 and having an environment of not nitrogen was pro-   miming was about 3.44 E»4 Ib.
 ircied from contaminaitttn by ambieni room tempera-     The Fmue Nsmoer, ttien> • about IjO and within the
 tote air suiiounding the fhmace, asmg a wide laminar   preferred range of abouiai to 10.0...
 fluid door ajuipiiied of air at loom teuipciaiure.            .              BVA**wtc*
  This exampk flhmrates that Ae bmmar fhnd layer 35                  fiXAMFL£4
                                         r of the     A hot aoldereavironmem having no purge Hrw was
laminar fluid itself mto das ptucess environment would    protected from a room temperature air ambient ming
be deleterious, since the. laminar Quid • air at room    room temperature miroyn laminar fluid doors over the

gen.             *    •                         40   FIG.J shows the geometry of die hot solder surface
  A horizontal rectangular furnace 22, one end of    40jJ«xectedbyrwobMunarrhiidooorsS6*nd34.The
which is ffluisntedm FIG. 2.2^1 and 28 with openings    two laminar fluid doors. 5f and 60, were placed on

tors 26 at the top of each opfnmg  The geometry of    bath52froaccaMcrnigsurto40ofbothS2aodoiu-

described in EXAMPLE 2, except flat the openings 24    tm and 40 weight peieent lead. The temperature of the
were one mch faigfc Hand 24 iacfaesm length L. and die    solder was 260* C The total exposed area of surface 40
disrioutors 26 were OJincba wide Wand 24 inches in    of solder bath 52 uiiaiiirid about SJ inches by about 4.2
length.    -                                 '     inches. The openis^G to »)der surface 40 was a rect-

height^ 24 mchesmwid^(equivalent to Lin FIG. 2)    smaQ distance aeovedKsokte. The purge flow/ate of
by 40 mcbes long (between openings). Toe ratio of    **T ••«**•* Thf Q"gh *T*"*^aT ^* *** **** •"***"M¥fMij •""*»«-
laminar door width W to dw distance of travel from    eat was zero. The ambient around d» solder bath was
distributor bottom 25 to dw bottom wan of furnace 22    air. The bumnar fluid flow, represented by vectors 42
    ~         ng the criteria that «uch ratio be at k« 55 and 44.
O05.                                                The distrAutonMaad4O for the lammar fluid were
  The performance of the wide laminar fluid doon wai    constructed as deacribei in EXAMPLE 1. The 2 mi-
enhanced by fitrading Ac waDs of the furnace out    c*onpoio«aiue$4aa4StofeachdhttiflmtorMandCO,
fro»Cfenmg24aotbattheEdhnensMMasiIrastratedm    respectively, was positioned so that fluid flow vectors
FIG. 2 was abont 3 inches at each end of funace22.  <0 42 and 44 would be parallel to surface 40 of solder bath
  A sample point (not shown on FIO. 2) was located at    5X The room tenmerature nitrogen fluid repreiented by
the bottom > ff in i  of one m»iung 24, about one mch    vectors 42 and 44 was distributed omformly by the 2
back into the furnace environment from opening- 24.  '    micron porous sheets 54 and SI ofsintered metal so that
  v^th 600 standafo cubic wet per IUMU (SCFH) of hot    laminai  uyen 01 toom temperature mifugen flowed
(160* C.) nitrogen purge entering through purge source *5 acrontbe tc^ of aoldersur&ce4a The laminar layers
37 in the ffntet of the furnace, the oxygen conotntra-    met 
-------
                                            4,823,680    .
                       13                                                14
 capabfe of protcctmg sender surfiace 40 from oxid'aiiaii.      The two laminar fliad Uym of the constructed em-
 h was discovered that the utt of rwolaininar layers as    bodiment described above were opentcd to that the
 described above provided hirtfiiril laminar fluid door    principai direction of fluid flow from each distribution
 stabfliry, substantially reducing or eliminating ambient    device at its source of origin was tocated upon the same

 wide W and Umcbe* long L. The distance of travdH      However, one skated in the an will dearly under-
 of each laminar Quid door from each distributor was 2.1    stand that the two laminar fluid flow layer distributors
 mches so Jbtt the entire 41 inch dmnciCBVcrf opening    56and Mean be posnfeaed at diffcxtw spacing* above
 62 was protecttd. Each door, protected an area IS    opeamg or surface 40, aoefa that one fluid flow  layer
 incheska«Lby rI inches*lengthH.Thus,thenoo 10 operates over an am plane which is parallel to the area
 of laaoaar Oow door width W to distance of travel    plane of the other fluid flow layer ^paahioucdalontit.TheheigittoflhceiteiisiOttg    layer distributor.  96 or O. can conprae a different
 was about 1 JO inches above bath sur&ce 40.             flindVfcreuniple, a coetrotkd volume of a Tint fluid M
   A sample point 4i ws« loaned about tfllS incbes    enters distributor device 56 whfle a controlled volume
 above the top of the acdder surface in the center of    of a second fluid 46 enter* distributor device 40.

                             '-^-^*----30                  EXAMPLES
 tors M and M, the oxygen mm.niiraliou at sample      The hot solder appfanion described in EXAMPLE
 ponu46wnabout21%(equmtttn>totheoxyt^coii-    4 and shown m FIG. 3 was repeated using argon (a gas
 oentntion in air). When about 200SCFH of room ten*    heavier than air) m the laminar fluid curtain gat. Con-
 pcratBR ntragen was caused  to flow through each 19 urntionil wisdom suggeso that a very mmjaaal flow of
                                                   a heavy a^hlK argon would be required^ exclude air
 pie point 44 was reduced to about 03%. When the    from the solder surface. The heavy gas, argon, should
 nitrogen flow rase wn increased tea total of about 400    settle downward end sit atop the solder surface. Experi-
 SCFH from each dsttiibutor, the oxygen utmut iilratiOB,    mnitation showed, bowevu, that the argon fluid flow
 ataunplepomt46wMiedacedtol6ppm.^          40 mast satisfy the Force Number roquiiemcnts disclosed
  The Poice Number for each distributor en be §p»    hcrem.
 pnuiaatedmamamiersimiku-totbttusedmtheprevH     A fluid flow rate of 140 SCFH of argon was required
 ons examples*  '   .                 ,                for each I*""™** fhud door to f^clitdc air down to a
  The mass ueuity or tbt nitrogen lamiuar flmd pj was    roiif nmanon of 27 ppm to 77 ppm mganmed at sample
 Z25E-3 stags per cubic Coot. The voteme flow rate toe 4S point 44.
 each laminar fluid door, V, was &3< E»2 cubic feet per     The mast density of arfon,pj,h about 3^1 E-3 slabs
 second at about 200 SCFH aad 1.11 E-l cubic feet per    per cubic foot The volume flew rate for each laminar
 second at about 400 SCFH. The area of the pciious    flow door was iJS9 ot standard cubic feet per second.
 portion M aad SI of each distributor M and C0.respec-   ' The area of each fhuu door, Aj. was S.9 E-2 square feet.
 tryely.Aj. was abort J.90E-2«|uare feet Thus. Fm, the SO Thus, Fin, the momentum force for each door was 8J3

 1 .18 E-4bat a nitrogen flow me of about 200 SCFH     The wdght density of argon, parg. a ljQ3E>l Ibper
 and about .4.71 E-4 Ib at a nitrogen flow rate of about    cubic foot The dntance across the laminar flow layer,
 400 SCFH.    '                                     w, was SJD E-2 feet. The opeamg area protected by
  Typically the pressure f one, Fp,b equal to the buoy* J3 each laminar Dow door. Ah, waa I J4 E-l square feet.
 ance force across each laminar flow door. The weight    Thus, the pressure force. Fp, across each opening was
 O^nsiry of nitrogen, pNig, is abow 7.23 E-2 »p« cubic    about 2.94 E4 Ib.
 foot The weight density of air. pag, is about 7.49 E-2 to     The Force Number, Fr, for this example of an trgoii
 per cubic foot. The distance across the laminar flow    hanmar fluid door ws» about 
-------
                                         '4,823,680
                                  ue             	
                                      in the art   more thai
                                      nodule*- 9   14. The
                                      '            '   *   one of laid more than one
wul if14Mime that jumeroni M»»HH*I««M •MMKK««»- 4    «A Tho mmtm i *JT **.^_ • ...i	•  <         ..
                      ^^            "-•"•-^- ••    a*, laemeuoo we jam • whereia the composition
                                                                                    one other of

                                                  • 15. TBe IBrthOO of fntnil 1 wneieja said
                                              10
•aid method
fluid to flow, m
                                              19 directly
                                                      flak! How protect, u km

                                                    <
                                                                        U whem.

                                            95


                                               l> or claim 9 whenm at least a portion of any of said
                     I. wherrm rabstMttnlly aU      24. The method of claim W wherein said Force Num.
                                     '    J  «S ber nates from about 0.1 to about IttO.
                                                                            t whefdn „„ fluk|

-------
                                             4,823,680
                       17                                                 18
flow is to lamhwrnwnxwheRm the thickness of the at      34. The hmsllstinn of ciaba 17. claim 32 or claim *.'
least one fluid layer at its source of origin b at least    whefemFmbc^ofitioUedmrcspnM to measured vuia-
about OJQS times the distance across the opening to the    tionsmFp.
o»t*ined space which bio be pfttected by the at least      38. The umallarinn of daim 17. claim 32. or claim 33
oog fluid Dow layer, ""hfrfin 1*1% lengthwbe dimension '  wherem Fm b controlled m response to a measured
T>f Th* at Iftrfl ffff fhfM liyfr it in SOtitTf of fffig** ** **    cmiiaminant level in said contained space to maintain a
                                    i ^K<» width of    fCMtsnunant level  below a specified  concentration
                                  to protect.
                                                           Qoid asms «t least oae fluid flow layer, wherein
  t V A LKA^A ^^MA f^^MH^ft MWH ^UMMkM IMMWMBV fflllMTj BHIMf    WM... V^MP «B^H^ v«*pw ^r «.• ^^""B^^^™ »«.»^^^ ww«awi*weM •••w •*PB^>.»~
  W	^.  -.!.».»«. .. IMM MM <*«_«  fhrid «    a«» of tl«i« least loneftaidh^^
                                                    is at lecst about ftft? *»•«•• the «*«••.•««• •**»pgf thf sur-
                                                 IS ace or ana plane to be protected by the at least one

                                                    the at least one flmd layer at its toy ice of origin is at
                    _..__,  ...     _,.    leastabout equal to the lengthwbe dimension of the
  (c>me^ for conmJlmgilmnowrfsa^ chosen Bad    ^rfaee or aiS|*nnewhicntoflnid layer b to protect.
    from said device so that md Had uowtsammai; 20 ^ wherem die it least one fhnd flow has a "orce
  (d)means for controlling tike tow dimensions of said    Number ranging from about O05 to  about 30.0.  said
    cboten find from said at least one device to that    in«anatk>o imprbmg:
    the depth or thickness  of each fluid  flow^layer      w ^ feast one device from which laminar fluid flow
    Qown^ from esch of said at least one device bat        etnanatn. m proaamity to or directly across said at
    least about OJBunes the distance m the principal -3     tent a portion of said at least one surface or area
    dnectiao of flow from sttteadi device acron said        plane;
    atka«aporraofsaidatleastonet>pemngmthe      (b) means for supplying a chosen fluid to said at least
    orindpal doecaon of tow from aaid each device;        one device;
  (e) means for controlling the momentum force, Fm,      (c) mram far controlling the flew rate of said chosen
    of each said fluid flow layer ao that n Force Nmn- jo     .fluid from aaid at least one device so that said fluid
    ber. Fr. b generated far arid each fluid tow layer        flow b laminar;
    which ranges between about O05 and SOLO; and,     '   (d) means for controlling the flow dimensions of said
  (0 means  for -"-"**••. said at least one device in        chosen Quid from said at least one device so that
    prbxantty  to said at least one opening so that «        the depth or thickness of each fluid flow layer
    susanatica^ component flows from said at least 15     flowing from each said at least one device b about
    one device extends  in  pronmity to or directly        OuOS times the distance in the pnucipal direction of
    acroai at least one area having '"••>"••!<•••> as large        tow from said each device across said ail least a
    as said at least* portion of snU at least one opening        portion of said at least one surface or ana plane;
    to be piutfiflfl              -                     (*•) means for controlling the momentum force, Fm.
  ja Tfrf installation of daim 27 wherein taM at trftft ^   '  of each said fluid flow layer so that a Force Nunv
oocrlrriCTBmtrBr'-^-^»'^T^ri*        T.i»»l. j|. iflMimfry fff nf dJrt*Slty «gm«« •« !*•*«


one fluid flow devices are used and wherem at least one n     or tten ohnie to be nioteeted.
 *	• j ^—.^.^^ •%>^^ «^ik^ «n^^uu>^^ •• ^^*mfm^*^*t »** •!*•• •••^C ^^     ^^ ^^^^» V*^^B^M Mr «^v BJP—^F^^^"^^^^
2Si^lSSnfrr^iS^£i^tai^f      37.Themstall«tioncfclahn3t »m,4jt nHm~»f>«l direction of*
open^whik^^pr«c^dJnKtk»rfOw«anoUier    flow fron, any of snid at lt^ot« devices b parallel w
of satd more than one devices is at an angle to the same    aav of said «t least one siirlacecTawa plane.
said at lent one openmg.                           J5   j|.Ttain«»Ibt«ofdnm»»wbeTem
  3i. The mstallatinn of claim 27 wherem more  than    gnpdtvicf bmmmwl •»*!«•* ttkl priiff^**1 «>«»»^««i« ft
one flmd flow device b used and wherem the principal    Qow from any of ***** at *••** one drvi*'*** b at an angle
directions of flow of said more than one fhnd flows at    |Q »«iy of ««fr[ ^ frrt! me Tnrfarr or area plane.
thetf source of origm are psraHrt or on the same area.      39. The installation of *»*•»»•• 36 wherein more than
plane-                                            M one devices are mounted ao that said principal direction
  3X The imtallatkM of daba 27 wherem said means of    of flow from at least one of said more than one devices
control in step (e) b capable of continuing Fm so that    b parallel to any of said at least one said surface or area
Fr b  mamtamrd at or near a setpoint ranging from    plane while said principal direction of flow from any
about 0.05 to 90.                                     other one of said more than one devices bat an angle to
  33. Tbetnttallaoon of claim 32 wherem s*^ means of «s another at least one surface or area plane.
ccotrol m step (e) b capable of controlling Fmso that      40. The installation of claim 96 wherem more than
Fr B  «.MiitM««H at or near a setpoint ranging from    one fluid flow devices are used and wherein at least one
about 0.1 to 10.                                       of said more than one devices b mounted so  that said

-------
                                          4,823,680
principal diitoioa of flow ftooitafcl at lean one devise
                                                                      20
                                                                   ofclaiai3«,cl«on41 orctaiin42
aid more than one devices is at aa angle to the
                                                                         mrfaceof area plain u> be
  4LTnenttallationemnsaidnieaBiof
control in step 
-------
United States Patent
Nowotmki
             (ill   Patent Number:
             (45]   Date of Patent:
                                                                          4,821,947
                                                                        Apr. 18, 2989
154]  PLOTLESS APPLICATION OP A
     METALXXNtfPRISING COATING

WJ
              Dmbury, Cona.
{22}
           Feb. 8, DM
          	 B23K.1/M; B23K. 33/3*
                              HQ5K3/34
                       , 228/219; 228/180.1;
198]
Filed:
te.0.*

US.GL.
   228/205; 228/206; 228/224; 228/37; 228/2*0;
   228/2*2; 427/311; 427/329; 427/432; 427/43*
FltUofSMKfc	22«/Hai. 205.206,
   228/208.214,211-221.223.224,2*0, 262.37;
             427/293,311,312,329,432.434
                                     .22S/37
     VJS. PATENT DOCUMENTS

1,709,457 12/1972 TnOMkarl   '
WK7I1  1/197« KkamktctaL.	
440M07  J/1919 Aadeom.lr.«taLm.
4430457  7/1919 DOM	
4J3J.757  9/I9S9 B
06MW  2/19M ~
4.606.4W
                                    .231/123
                                   .23S/1KL1
   -^tWMWIV^^W ^"r »wwrw-  •	iMMrpnBP nv
   4.610J91 9/1W4  ftoiWManld
           •1917
      FOREIGN PATENT DOCUMENTS
     246711 4/1917
                                     221/223
               99D4  vim
               S296S  4/l«M
                                                            Japi
              2*OM I2/19M  Jap
                                                                               22I/J19
                                                                               221/221
                                                                               ,221/37
              90210  «/I97T  "««•
                                                                               ,221/21*
                    OTHER PUBLICATIONS
                 t_Revauim£>_IBM Teeenial ..Dnciasore
                voL 11. No. 12. p. 1617. May 1969.
         Newitudd ct «L. The Effect of t Nitrogen Atmo-
         ipbefc oa the W»ve Tmning of Compooent Lads".
         Haadoos and PmentttioB tt NEPOON WEST, Feb.
         23.1986.
                                                              •NicholM P. Godki
                                                                     M.H«nrich
         Attuimf. AfHA or firm  Shifky L. Church

                          ABSTRACT
                                     .221/37   *F
          iluf luwsdOB rpittei to MI unproved procen for tpplt*
         HUOP of • tBftil-cftinpnitm ffr***^j to & neul^ooo*
         pnb)( soffiMe withoot omf • ihn. The metal-cooiprn-
         •I Mifftrr Bntt K wcftihic by Of loffniiir wettibte-
             coattct with a bath of the|metaienttrtBchiiiDCftitla«withnapecttothe.coil-
         •t auuowl dnriBf the time period of itt kppliodoB to
                        B« mritee. nd BfcfenMy iaett with
iSv;!!   ns|iecxtobaOitb£CoattBf naterialaodtJbenetal-oom-
•UUl/JlI*   „. .„!> - •	. _*- ... ...  "BPt-fc. *  -^ .	-*-	-	-----	   _^—J	__. •.
                      The Best mwimrmrtit temper Mure il
                             flfiUEe it dtyitff to ttif oietai*
                   tnrtKx utd no dtnuy! B done to otter
         •BlctMbadjaoeat to the tnettUoompriiint surface.

                    » Oabaa, 1 Dimtaf Shettt

-------
US. Patent  Apr.18,1989      Sheetlof2    4,821,947
                      X
                   FIG.  I

-------
US* Patent   Apr 18,1989      Sheet 2 of 2     4,821,947
                                         CVJ
                                         d
                                         u.

-------
                                             4,821,947

                                                    surfaces will exhibit the same temperature as the t>Rtal-
         FLUXLESS APPLICATION OF A            comprising surface.
         METAL-COMPRISING COATING              The cmnpmmih detrimental to wetting can be re-
                                                    acted or dissolved and washed away bom the meta!-
      BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION      3  cnoipihrng stniace or from the surface of a metai-corn-
   1 Field of the Invention                            prising  coating bath using a fluxing agent  Fluxing
   This invention relates to an improved process for    a*atti «• *• •°* commonly used method of obtain-
 appticatioo of a metal-comprising coating to a metal*    ing a wettabk pan inrfaoe at the tinie of application of
 comprismc    "Hae. More particularly, a method is dis- .„  *• nxtaJ^rmprismg coating. However, fluxing agents
 do*edw1uchenaolesaf^4ic*rJoa of the coating witboot    tie typically uuiusive and residaes must be removed
 use of a flu in contact with the metal-comprising sur-    fr"*1 ••* P"* after coating. In addition, should  the
 face. The coating • applied in an atmosphere which b    «w»at of flax be insufficient, the solder or coating
 inert at least with respect to the coating material during    material can fonn kacles on the pan as the pan is re-
 thetime period of its application.                    ..  «oved  from  the coating bath; wetting  time  may be
   2. Background of the Invention                      madcquatr within  the process so that poor bonding
   Soldering and brazing are weO known methods of    between pan and coating occurs; and, dross production
 joining metallic items to each other. Both involve wet-    during processmg may be high, hading to heavy main-
 ting metal pans with a liquid "finer* metal at elevated    tenance requirements.
 temperature and then allowing the parts to cool below—    Amethodof soldering without a flux b disclosed in
 the solidus of the filler metaL  When the filler metal    Japanm- patent application No. 9.756/77 of K. Noboku
 solidifies, the pans are joined.                         « aL. filed Feb. 2,1971, Noboku et si bring the article
   Tinning and galvanizing are  well known processes    to be soldered into contact whh a molten solder bath to
 whereby parts comprising a metal are given a prouc-    WBKB ultrasonic vibration is  applied. The ultrasonic
 tive metal coating by dipping the pans into a molten M  vacation is disclosed as causing cavhatioa which breaks
 bath of the metal which is to provide the protective    up the oxidized metal on the pan to expose an active.
 coating.                                            soMerable surface. The major disadvantage of ultra-
   Soldering, tinning, f^vaiimiig a^ sonOar processes    ionic soldering is the potential for damage to the stnic-
 which involve the wetting of a sobd.  metal comprised    tural integrity of the  pan exposed to the ultrasonic
 surface with a liquid metal-comprising coating require x  vibration. In addition, ultrasonic soldej jtg a geometri-
 that the surface and the coating  be dean and free from    cally dependent  The  cavitating effect  cannot reach
 compounds which prevent  wetting daring application    tome pan areas such at the inside of small, plated holes
 of the coating, hfoimd handbag of the meuU-conipris-    of printed cucait boards.
 ing pans and the oietal-co«bprising coating often results     There is a need in many soldering or metal coating
 inthefonniuionoCTMipo^odswhkfaarecletrimuitalto 35  operations, and particularly within the electronics in-
 wetting, such as metal oxides. In addition, the environ-    dastty, for an application method which does not re-
 ment of the coating application ptoom itself frequently    outre the ing of high ptocenuig temperature* which can
 causes the formation of such OBnipmimii. Other com-    damage the part, which does not require the use of a
 pounds typically formed  during processmg which are    flux, and which does not require mechanical vibration
 harmful to good  wetting include chJmida, suhldes. 40  which can harm pan structural integrity.
 ^r^^aDdtrtl^ ionic,  covaletu^ organic com-           SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION

  To obtain good wetting,  and  thus good bonding of     The present im>ciiti0u lonccms a method of fluxless
coating to surface, such compounds must be reduced    soldering or fluxless coating with a metal-comprising
back to a metal, reacted to form another compound 43  coating, wherein the pan to be coated is not exposed to
which  is not detrimental to wetting, or removed by    a temperature which banns the pan or components
techniques such as dissolution or •"*rfMi»trtJ "'—'"»g      thereof. Tha  pan is contacted with a bath or wave
   ILS. Pat. No. 4.33S.757 to Bertiger. dated Sept 3,    comprising the coating or solder material The coating
 1915, discloses a method of wave soldering man atmo-    material b capable of forming compounds which can be
sphere comprising a gatfotu reducog agent (hydro- 30  detrimental to welting during die (me peimd the coat-
gen). However, practical experience has indicated the    ing n applied tote pan surface. Fomation of the com-
bydrogen reacts with metal  oxides etc. at temperatures    pounds detrimental to wetting is prevented hy use of an
greater than about 600* C. Many of the plastics  and    inert environment in cootact with the solder or metal
resins comprising an ekctrcnic device such as a printed    comprised coating  material as the coating material is
circuit  board melt, degrade or  change from their in- 33  applied to the pan surface.
tended dimensions at the temperatures required to re-     The part to be soldered or coated must have a wew-
duce oxides to a metallic-state.                         Me surface. Le. a surface which can be wetted by the
  U.S. Fat No. 4,606.493  to Chriuoph et aL. dated    solder or metal-comprising coating material. Since the
Aug. 19. 1986, discloses a  method and apparatus for    pan surface may form compounds detrimental to wet-
soldering plate shaped circuit carriers whereby heated 69  ting upon exposure to the process environment,  the
reducing gas (at about 600* C.) is used to reduce oxides    preferred inert environment a inert with respect to both
at the solder side of the earrieri. The high temperature    the pan wettable surface and to the solder or coating
gas boaly briefly impinged  upon the sower side of the    material. The men environment may be  men with re-
carrier so that other materials comprising me'board are    spect to the bath of solder or coating material also.
not affected by the exposure  to the high temperature (3   The environment is men with respect to the coating
gas. However, te is impractical to apply individual jets    material if a continuous solid is not formed on the metal
to heat only the metal-comprising surfaces of the car-    comprised coating during  its  application to the pan
rier. and the areas adjacent to the metal-comprising    surface.

-------
                                            4,821,947
                       3                                  .               4
   The environment is men with respect to the put,    coning provided they melt, vaporize, or undergo- *
 wcniMr infftrr If • mnthinmn snftl h imf fnrmnl nrn    chemical change to fbfm. at last substantially, • liquid
 the wettahk surface during exposure of the wettabk    or vapor upon contaawto the inetal-omnprismgcomt-
 tuffiCT to the pimm cnviiOBHMti.                     ing bath* Inorganic materials cut be wed is protective
   The cnvixonnMai a mm with rcspea to the coating 3  catting* provided they vaporize, indu or undergo a
 material bath if a cccumuouBsofid a not formed on the    chemical change to a vapor, Squid, or material which is
 contact surface of the bath within the time period dor-    solubk » the metal-comprising coatiag upon contact
 iaVt "which the Dflui is Qpcfittooi^ •» INHDOBH toBpow™    ^u^ tog RMHUBL
 tare, pressure aod  Oath flow pattern characteristics.         The pert itself may comprise a material  which does
   The inert environment can comprise any Onid which 10  not form significant amounts of compounds daring stor-
 compliet with the above applkable definition. The mert    age or processing. The smmce of the part then retnains

 a partial vtcanm wherein the remaining fluid complies      When the metal-comprtiing pan safacs is not coaled
 with the •hove applicable defmilinn                    by a protective coating and is not at least substantially
   |0 ||»g £|g£tf*30|Ct ffgjfjgfy m JT"l>g>l>l|ilj |ajgff 0|8M^ IS  najgff ^m^ fCSpCCt tO CDC pFOCCJHI CBVITOQflMOt SOT tAC
 spheres or environments can be provided using flnids    thne period of pnceaexpoevre. Unnecessary to sekct
 such  as  nitrogen, argon,  hydrogen, and natures    a different process environment which it inert to both
 behavior if they are present fa low enough concentre-    prising coating material. If the metal-comprising pan
 tions. For rr"T**T oxygen, COj, and HjO are an oxi- 20 surtace does not enter the process in a dean, wettabk
 domgtotm4eadsoldmat2f»rC300*CIftbeyare    form, it must be cleaned and the metal-comprising coat-
presentatcono                        .      .         _  ..
100% by volume, respectively, however, they wfll not    which prevent wetting, or it must be cleaned and pbceo
form continuota oxides on the weoabkpm surface nor    in an environment inert to the metal-comprising sur-
onthesoloerasaaappboitothewettabkpmsurface. 23  bees of the part prior to contact with the coating mate-
  When a partial vacuum provides the ixcrt atmosphere    rial bath. The cleaning may be accomplished by chemi-
and oxygen is present, the oxygen partial pressure    cal or oechamcal means, so the resulting pan surfaces
should be below about k or rettooabk
immefsed m the metal^ompramg ooatmg matenaL The    to have the entire soldei or coating bath prot^ctfld by a
protective ooatmg can also be any material which is    fluid  which a inert to the  metal-comprising coating
wettabk  by  the metal-comprising coating and which 30  material, flux can be used on the solder or coating bath
can remain on  the part after application of the metal-    surface so long as it does not enter ths area of the bath
     rising coating without affecting the intended use    w-m^^^jy --..i./-^  »h- «~«««M» pn mrfkg^ The
of the pan.                                         flux dissolves or reacts with the undesirabk compounds
  lit f f*^*"TT^* •*M*i>***y *M****j*^g, f*"*T^'T**T ^"""''^g*    so they are removed and do not buOd up withm the b**n
can be provided using materials such at tin, lend, bis- 33 over tm^Pnaence of the Qux on the solder or coating
moth, indium, cxhnimn and alloys thereof, which melt    bath surface at a location outside of the pan contact
at solder tonperatures, washing away any surface conn    area assists in removal of the compounds from the bath
pounds or dirt from the wettabk surface. Examples of    in genenl, reducing the  probability that such  corn-
other protective coating materials, which typically do    pounds wiB enter the-contact area of the bath.
not form compounds deuiiuenial to wetting, include to   The method of the present invention discloses a pro-
gold, silver, platinum and palladium, These protective    cess which can be used for soldering or for coating of
coating materials may melt or may remain on the part    metal-comprising pans, whereby there is no need to use
surtace, depending on the metal^ompnamg  coating    lempcmturcs which arc harmful to the metal^ompris-
appbcanoo temperature. Since they are adeouate con-    nig part surfaces or which are harmful to other maten*
doctors, for many electronic applications gold, silver, 63 aU adjacent to the metal-comprising pan surfaces. Typi-

after soldering without aflecong the intended use of the-    above the temperature of the solder or metal-cpmpris-
—t. Organic matrriab can be used as the protective    ing bath. The most commonly used solders require bath

-------
                                           4,821,947
                       5                                                 o
                       430* C and preferably below    metaKcomprisjg sarface daring the proc»a exposure
•bout 300* Claaddnioa, there is BO needtousereduc-    time period.
tag gases, fluxes or ultrasonic vibration to achieve good      Apia, the proem environment which is inert with
bonding of the solder er metat-coropr'ning coating to    respect to the metal-comprising coating during the lime
the metal-comprising pan.                          3  of its applkatkia niay not be sufficiently inert to the
  Thus, a rypicslexainpte of the nietbod of the present    wetttbfepwinifaeetoprevait the formation of coot-
invention foUowc                                   poods detrimental » wetting of the put surface. In
  A method of bonding together at km two metal-    neb cases, it wig be necessary to apply a protective
comprisiag surfaces, compiiiing the Kept ofc            "naiuig to the wtttable pan surface, or to select a differ-
_ (a) providing at least two metal-ooeflpris^ surfaces 10  cot eByvoonwot which i> tnen with respect to both the

be bonded a a weoi^te nriK« or a sariace which be>                    -..,.,,„„.._._„
	-ttabte upon contact with - —*.!-«—««•                    DEFINITIONS
bath;                                                 Wettable surface as wed in the specification and
  (b) providini a bath which comprises a mcial rum  IS  cttavherem mem a sarface which can be wet by the
prising coating capable of forming at least one com-    Bolder or omal-campriug coating material.
pouaddetrimfflUl towcoiagofthe wettabksar&ct.      Metal ooimpremg pan «riaocwn»ed in the ipedfic.-
wherein at katt a portion of the bath ii protected from    fen sad chums herein meam a surface comprising a
the formation of said at la* one cxm^ouiid  using an    metal aietal alloy, or mixture of metals.
envinmmcat which a inert with rapcct to at leait the 20    Mtul toinpriiiiiji, bath as used in the specification
nietal-coeapriiiag coating daring the time period of in    nd dans herein means a fluid at process conditions,
application;                                         which comprises a metal, metal altoy or mixture of
  (c) coBtaf***! the metal-compnbag snruoes to be    metah.
bonded with the bath at a Jocarioa withm  the oath      inert enviioumciu as ssed m the teecificitioa and
which it protected by the inert euvifooment, whcicui 2S  daimi Hf*'1) i> iHfimM n> thr Stanmary of thf Inveo-
the |iroceu environment temperature it uiflicieBtry low    non with raptct to etal^»nprifinicoatia«iab.    wlwa mete, vuorbvs. oriamleVe* ebenu^ebange
lequent to contact with tbebath. so that the metai-com-    »mlio>kl«avmiKic.«we«ttaawtotheinetalan.
prevent  the formation of umi|MiMnili detmeatal to      R«»m^mth«spWificatioeihefem means a mate-
wetting oo the pan saface. In sach case n a necessary «  ^ ^^^ „ , Hmrffl st thr until cnmnriiini bath ton
to apply a protective coating to the wcttabte  part sur-    ^.^^^ which material a^solva^mpounds detri-
                   removed, rfneoemry.mxome of
contact with the solder w loetal-CTmpramg bath, er
                                                   with eoe^ounds de*riaw«al to or whkh prevent wet-
        pan »mm»«" auu 10 ise-soiocr or
prisiiig coaling material.
  Another esample of the method of the present myen-      BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
tJOTfoUowi:                                          RQ.1 shows a scaematiclbr vertical bMing of ekse-
prising surfiKv which is wettable by a metal-comprisnig
coatiag material or which becomes wettable on contact
with a i»th of a**ul-«»praia» coating material:      S3      DESCRIPTION OF THE PREFERRED
  (b) providing a bath which comprises a metalxxxn-                   EMBODIMENTS
prmng coating material capable of forming at kast one                     EXAMPLE l
compound dttiiinfti'nl to wetting of the part sarface.                     KAAnu-bc i
wherein at least a portion of the bath a protected from      It is often desirable m the ckcuunio industry to coat
the formation of said at least one compound using an 60 component leads with solder prior to assembly into the
environment which a inert with respect to at least the    final circuit. The leads may be coated with solder to
metal-comprising coating during the time period of its    protect the lead surfaces from oxidation during long
application; and,                                     term storage. Fresh solder may be applied to the surface
  (c) contacting the metal-comprtsmg surface with the    of the leads juu prior to soldering of the leads into the
bath at a location within the bath which is protected by 63 desired electronic component or configuration. The
the men environment, wherein the process environ-    solder coaling on the lead* will melt and flow  upon
mem temperature is sufficiently low that no damage is    subsequent soldering, washing away any compounds
done to the part, including -it***™1*  adjacent to the    detrimental to wetting which may have fanned on the

-------
                                           4,821,9*7                 '

solder-coated leads. As a result, there are fewer unset-    Without the use of nitrogen environment 4 over the
                ~  1 assembly soldering. The solder    surface of bath 2, kicks and bridging of coating oc-
                                 3 the leads in a    caned on the coated leads. If desired, when the leads
                                 > the solder, and    are aowcd by a protective coating or do not form
                                           .
                 iBi.e.f,««hiiig.tlienui»die«. 5  detrimental compound* jdwrf process exposure time
                                                   P"« «° costing. t would be possible to Bike men only
                                                   the Rgioa of die wider tatb at which the contact with
                                        e i.           -       wave 10 wherein application of the
                        j«e      the lads ML solder to the leads ocean. If this were done, oxide 14
              the solder ww applied sad the solder    woold farm oc the bsth surface areas not protected by
                showmt the proem b provided in    the inenaanosphere and make tt more nesesssry to use
TOLeSS-sirio^by^^    fluxlatoremoveoi^whtt
«Soa«ttt4/Se solder 4 comprised about 60* by    form during the soldenng operation.
weight tin sad about 40% by weight lead. The solder « IS                  EXAMPLE?

                                                     Wave «Jderi« h a eo.«»  method of formmg
                  C Tlie solder 6 was recirculaied    solder &*t     co*    ** cuaib tnc* m
            by pumping it through a tube 8 so that h ^ •ore.!

                                                   they m to
                                          10 wa,   .^^«o^with.^prd^to.bo« 10
-------
                                            4.821,947
                                                                          10
                                                              wherein at Ion m po-jon or said bath is
 However, when thecnntponent kadi nm iiimniliiilu        protected from Ihe fermatijo of said at tent
 the tin lad  coated  mrtaflaed  bole* within CBCab -      onmponnd oang m cnviraamaH wbidi  is men
 bonds, Ac solder did not always wet completely, op        with respect to at least the axtal-comprismg cow-
 through the hoto the kadi were m. Cemptoai wetting  3     tag material during the time period of in applica-

 tion of arena bond  30 at it paiied through eootaet      (e) ooataetiBf aid inctat-compristng suffice to be
 point 33 of solder wave 2S. Compfrtr wetting up        bonded with said bath at a location within said bath
 through Ihe holes was ate arhifurdIwhea the orcmt        which a csMaoally flux-free aad which is pro-
t boards and conipcmcot leads WCTB etched .with glacial iO   _  iHitfJ oy.s aid mert cpyuoument. aad wherem said
 acetic acid m an air caviionmrn*! at HMMII tfinprnumc.        cu^uuiirrifiit tuupeiature t> sufficiently low that no
 wore  noted and dntd ta an* at toon tcnpenmc aad        dsniagf is done to said netat-compriflag suffices
 wen coatat^ with the solder bath within a time per*        aad no damage is done to other materials adjacent
 hrf of >» than abcrot 2 mnuaaaftg drying.	          to said meuladta the aalder wave.    ing sariaoe is coated with a protective coating which is
was washed away  DOB the metaQued fiivtbil boaid    removed upon contact with said bath.
soldering sites upon contact with the soldering wave.      *>.1*-e jnetBod °* ***** * wherein said protective
                                                23 coattuc la adettad ^rum IBB CVBUB coBusttfic 011
                                                ^» "™^^^™^ ^f »^^*^^^w^ •—w «••«* ^pww^v W«**WMM^ w» '
                ; iggjs and the tm lead plated fitrait    composed coatings which meh upon contact with said
board soldering sitei.                                 bath; toetal-comprised coatings which dissolve in said
  Thea«*hcdoffJtepfeietttayfem1eBptDvto         bath at said bath tempeiaiuic; inorganic coatings which

                                                                   which is soluble in the
mg pans. Use of OKtBetbodenmtBates the mamlenaoce    pritMg coating upon contact wnh said hath; and organic
atMl dean up problems asaocialed with the use of a fhn.    coatings which matt, vapocue or uadergo a chemical
Use of the method nas been shown to preveat formation    change to fonn, at least suhManrially. a vapor or liquid

parts are removed from the coaling hath, due to contia* IS   5. The method of chum > •
vons Qiion prHfnt on the a>i*'*ffg surfafr. use of the    face is a TnftiWionipnied mrfarc which does sot torn

the awtal oomprised sarfaees. providing a general m-      «. The method of ctaim 1
                                       of solder*    face is generated by chemical or mrchstacal cleaning
mg or coating. The ability to accomplish all of the 40 which b done sufficiently close to the time of contact
t^o-vt at temper-uurea which tuTiaot detrimental to the    wh^satfbaththatrJiewetlabieaatiiseettaiaittssubstan-.
pans to be coated or soldered and without the use-of    Ttslrjr frrf in ftffTfffTlt tfniiiiip"1" *** -*j*>*'*ig •* *•*

integrity subitaiuiaDy aad |>aniciihtt1ybeBetod^          7. The atahod of daim 1 wherem said wettabie ur-

                                                                  wettabte surtace is mihrfaincrt io a
                                                                  Bnvnonmeat untO tune of contact with
                                                       bath that said wettabie surface remairu suUstan-

broad iruge of applicability, however, uid is susceptible SO time of contact with said bath.

fmliftfiimntadhcioaed. Cqnirqqtntly.itis not intended    meat is men with respect to both said wettabie surface
tt..t tK» f^eenmA >«h^.-M«t. -^ f. ii»;..tw^ pf fti.    aad nid metal-coiupriiiBg coating material.
invention. On the contrary, the intent b to include aD      t. The method of chum 1. chum 2, claim 3. claim 4.

die spirit and scope of the invention as expressed in the    cuvuuiuuent b adeeted frc^c the group consisting of
appended chests.                   •                 nitrogen, argon, hydrogen, nuuiuci thereof, substantial
  What b churned b:                                varimiiii aad partial vacuums comprising nitrogen, ar-
  TL A method of bonding together at least two metal-    goo, hydrogen and mixtures thereof.
comprising swCsces. comprising the steps of:         CO   10, The method of chum 1, claim  2, claim 3, claim 4,
  (a) pfuviding at kast two essentially nut-free, metal-    chum S, cfaum 4* chum 7, or chum S, wherein said inert
    coHipflsmg sufnces to be ponded, wherem said    cnwonaMmt compnses aa oaidttmg agent, but wnereui
    raetal-ornprhagsurfaoebawetttbtesiirfaceora    the concentration  of said oxidizing agent is  such that
    surfsce which becomes wettabie upon contact with    under process cecditiaus there b no substantial forma-
    a metal-comprising bath;                       69 tioaof compoimds &triineatal to wetOBg with respect
  (b) providing a bath which comprises a metal-corn-    to at Irast the metal comprising coating material during
    prising coating  capable of forming at  least one'   the period of its application to each metal-comprising
    compound detrimental to wcttmg of said wettabie    mrfice-

-------
                                            4.821,947
               .11                             .                  12
   1L The n»ethed of dam 10 wfamhi said environment    bath at said bath temperature; inorganic coatings, which
 m selected from'the group consisting of environments    melt, vaporiae or undergo chcmfcal change to a liquid.
 comprising oxygen at concentrations less than about    vapor, or material which is soluble in the metal-com-
 1% by volume, carbon  dioxide at concentrations less    prmng coaling upon contact with said bath; and organic
 than 100% by vc4ume. water at concentrations less than 3  coatings which mdt. vaporize or undergo a chemical
 100% by volume, partial vacuums comprising oxygen    change tb fenn. at least substantially, a vapor or liquid
 at a psrtidpresstarrffag than about O01 atmospheres.    upon contact with said bath.
 partial vacuums comprising car^ dioxide, partial vac-      a. Tbe method of claim M wherein said wenable
 warn comprising water airi mixtures thereof.            surface is generated bjr chemical or mechanical cleaning
   IZTbetnetbodafdaimlwheremsaidinenenviron- 10 wnkb b done sufficiently dose to the time of contact
 mcottemperamre is no higher wan said metatcompris-    with said bath that tb wenable sunace remains substan*
 ing bath temperature.                        _       tiaOy free of compounds detrimental to wetting at the
   U. Tbe nxtbod of daimlwfaerein said men environ-    time of contact  with said bath.
 ment temperature is less than about 430* C               33. The method of chum M wherein said wettable
   14 The method of date Iwherem a Dux is applied to IS mrf.^ » f^^mt^ h» A-^.ig.1«- ™~K...^I ,-u«.;.,e
 sndbath at a localk»notwithmsaU contacting area of    .fter wnicb said  wettabk  sisrface is maintained in a
 •aid bath.                  ^'^        ,           sofoaentry iam envooonientunnltinie of contact with
   13_ The tnf*^***^  «••» i mil* mm «»ia jmniingr mat^    asid *"'** *fc«t **^\ ^i^mihtf nirftrT remains substan*
 tiai or said suftsoBS^P be joined aie vibrated at ireijutu-    riffly *Vr* 5*^ '^^pfHimh dftrimn"** t? ""TWing •* *****
 cies leu than Wracydes per second              » time c/e«ttact  with said bath.
   16. A metbod of applying a metalHwnpmn^ coating      23. Tbe nwJhod of dam M wherein said inert envi-
 toatleast*p«^c/themettl«mBpnsmgsiirfsce*or    „„„& * jaen whb ropect to both said wettabte sur-
 a part, compnsmg the steps of:              _^    frpp fft^ ^.^ metal-com^niig coating material.
  (a) providing apart having at least one metal-cam-      24V Tbe in«bodflf claim I6\ claim 17, dain'18. claim
     fknimff surface which o wf naMf by a metal^om- 23 «» _.•_;_ «fi ^« *   •«  • -  M  ..^ Mi«^ ^>  « .. * _
      . r^    •        . *    kSok ii«i linn i mjiii_      * c"**** "> ^^^ *l» cuum 22, or ciaun u wnerein
    EI^^S^^^h^cfnSSDriiiM    said inert eBvironment is selected from the group con-
                         ~' " •   "TUT™ Ku^-r.   ^    fj«*«^g of mtiogcn, argon, hydrogen, mixtures thereof,
                    which j-n-mniU"* • ">^*«t-coin-    Hihatantial "tTimiHi  and partial vacuums comprising

    prising ecitiiignwerialcal-«K^rfle*miiig at least JO "i2t*Si2^1LSfSSf« eUi.
    oTc^DOUDddetrn^tal to wetting of said «r-    J^S^fS^S^^xK^
    bee. wherein at least a  portion of said bathb pro-    11 c-tern 28. cla« 21, claim ft « clami 23 wherein
    iccted from the formation of said at least one com-
    pound using an environment which n men with

    during the t"nf ppriod of its application; and,        l"'  fo*B*»tion of compounds  detrimental to wetting
  (c) conucting saidmetal-connritingsu&ce with    ***» respe6* to at least the metatcomprising coating
    said bath at a location  whhin said bath which b    material during the  period of its application to each
    essentiaUyfhu-^ree and which b protected by said    m^lcomprismg:ntH*ce.
    iamenvironnwst.airdwlKremsaidimKMenvi.40   »• The method of claim 23 wherein said men envn
    ronment temperature is sufficiently low that no    ronmsnt a selected from the group consisting of envt-
    rtnn"fp b donf to **M  imtsVcotnpp"**! sgrfrtn,  •  ronmcnts cnoi prising oxygen at concentrations less than
    ms^4 BO damage b *HTIT  to *»''T> materials adjacent    about  1% by volume, carbon dioxide at concentrations
    to said octal-comprising surfaces during the pro-    *• ***» 10°* °y volume, water at concentrations teas
    cess exposure time period.                     49 tblul l°°*  °y volume, partial vacuums comprising
  17 The mffh"^ «*• "'•i— «* ;-^i~<~g thf additmial    oxygen at a partial pressure of kas than about 0.01 atrao-
Jtep.'                                              spheres; partial vacuums comprising carbon dioxide.
  (d) permittmg said metal-comprising coating to cool    Barual vacuums  comprising water,  and  mixtures
    below its solidus subsequent to its application to    thereof..
    laid metal-comprising surface.                  SO   27. Tbe metbod of claim M wherein said men envi-
  18. The method of dam Wwherem said nwtal-com-    ronment temperature b no higher than said metal-corn-
 pi iiing surface does not fenn nrniprHnHtr which are    prising bath temperature.
 detrimental to wetting when exposed to said process      28. The method of chum 16 wherein said inert envi-
 environment.                                        ronment temperature b lea than about 450* C.
  19. Tbe nwtbcd of claim 16 wherem said metal-corn- 3)   ». The method of claim  16 wherein a flux is applied
 prising surface b coated with a  protective coating    ;o said bath at a location not within said contacting area
 which b removed upon contact with said bath.          of said bath.
  20. The metbod of dam 19 wherein said protective      30.  The method of claim 16 wherein said coating
coating b selected from  the group consisting of metal    material or said surfaces are vibrated at frequencies  less
comprised coatings which melt upon contact  with said CO than 20.000 cycles, per second.
 bath; metal comprised coatinp which dissolve m said                     •  *  •  * *

-------
United States Patent
Hatertjr et al.
                                                                 IIWA
                                                pi]   Patent Norn CR
                                                HSJ   Date
-------
ILS. Patent       June 16,1992      sbMtiors      5,121,875

-------
U.S. Patent
Jme 16,1992
Sheet 2 of 5
5,121,875

-------
U.S. Patent      Ju»u,i*92      steer a or»       5,121,875


-------
U.S. Patent
 Jane 16, 1992
         Sheet 4 of 5
                5,121,875
                  Fig.   4
    100000
     10000
      1000
       100
        10
                \
             UNCURTAINED HEIGHT
               O 10.2 CM
               A  7.6 CM
               D  5.1 CM
                 I   J   I Ni   I
                  OXYGEN RANGE
                           10
                           10
             I   I    I   I   I
         10
20
30
40
60
                   NITROGEN PURGE GAS FLOW/
                  UNCURTAINED AREA {cm* /sec/cm* )
70

-------
U.S. Patent
 Jane 16,1992
Sheet 5 af S
5,121,875
    OO    OS
14    15    2J>    2£     10
  RMA FLUX THICKNESS (mteTOlMttrt)
       Fig.   5

-------
                                              5,121.875
      WAVE SOLDERING IN A PROTECTIVE
  ATMOSPHERE ENCLOSURE OVER A SOLDER
                       POT

   This application b • division of prior U.S. application
 Ser. No. 07/660.415 filed Feb. 22. 1991.

               TECHNICAL HELD
   This invention pertains to a wave soldering machine
 and process for producing soldered connections on a
 printed circuit board carrying electronic components.

                 BACKGROUND
   Wave  soldering  b a common  method of forming
 solder joints between electronic components and circuit
 traces on a printed circuit board. Electronic cornpo-
                                                   10
                                                   15
unintended, thereby causing a short: Still another n
failure of the solder to fill a metallized hole in the board
  To eliminate post-soldering cleaning and false pin
testing results, no-clean fluxes and special flux applica-
tion techniques have been developed. A no-clean flux is
a flux that after solder contact leave* a tow level of
residue which b noncorrosive and nonconductive. Pref-
erably a no-clean flux contains little or no halide. but
     preferably a non-corrosive, non-conductive  or-
     acid dissolved in a solvent such as ethanol or
            Common RMA flux b a no-clean flux
            a mixture of rosin (abietic acid), activator
(danetbyuunme hydreehloride) and solvent (alcohol).
Another no-clean flux b adrpic acid (1% by weight) in
ethyl or bopropy) alcohol. To avoid false pin test re-
sults, known as contact defects, no-clean flux desirably
                                                     is applied in a thin layer. The following table shows the
 acuu *i
-------
                                              5,121,875'
                        3                                                   w
   A protective atnatphcre under which wave solder-    led  to obtain the benefits  of soldering machines de-
 ing is performed with the benefits mentioned comprise*    signed to operate under a protective atmosphere.
 a non-oxidizing gas and not more than S percent oxy*      It is also an object of this invention to provide aa
 gen. preferably not more than 100 ppm oxygen, and    economical design for new wave soldering machines
 most preferably not more than 10 ppm oxygen. Nitn> 3  initially intended to operate under a protective atmo-
 gen b a satisfactory non-oxidizing gas in which to per-    sphere.
 form the contacting with solder, and became of its low      It b a feature of thb invention that only the solder pot
 cost, nttrogerf is a preferred non-oxidizing gas.            and the immediate space over the solder pot need be
   To achieve and maintain the protective atmosphere.    provided with a protective atmosphere, allowing flua-
 the various operations are conducted in a long conttnu- 10  ing. preheating and cooling to be performed in air.
 out enclosure or series of joined tunnels. Typical appa-      It is another feature of this invention that the protec-
 ratus is described in US. Pat. No. 4.921,136 to Hohner-    tive atmosphere used may contain up to 3% oxygen in
 lein. The protective atmosphere n introduced into the    the solder contacting region.
 tunnel enclosing tee solder pot and flows out through      It is an advantage of this invention that the retrofh of
 the work entrance tunnel and the work egress tunnel. 13  wave soldering marhmei designed to operate m air is
 To restrict the escape of protective atmosphere, seal    economical and speedy to accomplish.
 flaps are provided in the tunnels. Toe flaps are tilted      It is a further advantage  that low soldering defect
 open in the transport direction by a passing workpiece    tales are achieved with reduced usage of flux which
 and clos:  thereafter.  Thus Hohnerlein's fluxing, pre-    ebmnates the need for cleaning of circuit boards after
 hearing, solder artachinenu detachment, and cooling are 20  soldering.
 under a protective atmosphere.                            It is another advantage of this invention that the prc-
   Allematively. gas jets have been used  to form gas    lective atmosphere may be generated by separation  of
 curtains and provide gas flow barriers at specific  loca-    air by membrane or pressure swing adsorption, or by
 tions in tumwlt us described in U.S. Pat No. 4,538.737    partial combustion of air.

   Still another technique,  described by Scnouten in           SUMMARY OF THE INVENTIO?:
 Cimiia Manufaniirinf.  September 1989 pages 31-33.      The invention provides a hood to enclose and pro-
 has been to provide chambers mine entrance tunnel and    vide a protective atmosphere over the solder wave in
 the egress  tunnel. Boards pass intermittently through    the solder pot of a wave soldering machine while kav.
 the chambers which open and close. Within a chamber. 10  ing the other operative areas exposed to a non-protec-
 when closed, a vacuum is drawn. The chamber is then    live atmosphere.  By  non-protective  atmosphere  is
 filled and flushed with a protective atmosphere. This    meant any gas mixture having an oxygen concentration
 process is repeated allowing the oxygen content in the    of, or oxidizing capability equivalent to, 3 volume per*
 soldering zone to be kept b-low 10 ppm. The protective    cent or greater, an example being air. The hood has an
 atmosphere used is nitrogen.                         JS  opening for an inlet on one side and an opening for an
   Many wave soldering machines designed for use in    outlet on another side for the passage of a circuit board
 air are in operation in industry. Despite thr benefits of    conveyer over the solder wave. Optionally a short duct
 soldering under a protective atmosphere, it is difficult    extending from a hood side may be provided for a hood
 for a circuit board manufacturer to justify the replace*    tnki o outlet. The lower extremity of the hood fits
 meni of an existing machine designed to solder in air 40  around and is sealed on three sides to the upper extrcm-
 with a new machine designed to solder under a proiec-    hy of the solder pot by an ebmomeric seal. The remain*
 tive atmosphere. The operating savings that might be.   htg side of the hood carries an elastomeric sea! and buns
 realized would  take several years to off-set the cost of    up against an upright bulkhead having it* tower extrem*
 •toe new machine.                                      hy immersed in the solder and seated to the inside watts
   An alternative to a new soldering machine designed 43  of the solder pot. The elevation of the pot b adjustable
 to solder in a protective atmosphere is to retrofit an    while the sealing b maintained. Also  the pot and  its
 existing machine so that it can be operated in a protec*    bulkhead may be  withdrawn laterally from under the
 tive atmosphere. Heretofore, wave soldering machines    hood.
 initially designed to solder primed circuit boards under      Air  b restricted from entering the inlet and outlet
 a  protective  atmosphere have provided a  protective 50  openings of the hood by curtains of thin solid material
 atmosphere for all the functions of fluxing, preheating.    cut into vertical strips. The curtain material b ekctri*
 contacting  with solder, separation from solder and cool-    caUy conductive to avoid the build up of static charge
 tag of the board. It has been believed that a protective    by rubbing on a ctrcttit board as it passes through the
 atmosphere for all these functions  was necessary to    curtain.
achieve the benefits of soldering in a protective atmo- 95    Protective atmosphere b introduced by one or more
sphere as enumerated earlier. However, to provide a    distributors under the hood. A preferred embodiment
protective atmosphere for all these sections of a conven-    uses three gas distributors.  One distributor b located
 tiona) air soldering machine b significant in terms of    directly over the solder wave and over the path of the
 cost, additional complexity and retrofit time.             conveyer. Another distributor'»located on, the forward
   Thus there b a need for an apparatus for retrofitting 60  aide of the solder wave under the path of the conveyer.
 an air soldering machine which minimizes the amount    The third gas distributor b located on the rearward aide
 of additional installation required. A method and appa-    of the solder wave under the path of the conveyer. The
 rani* requiring a protective atmosphere only over the    distributors are porous tubes of sintered metal allowing
 soldering ponton of thr machine itself would be very    the protective gas to be introduced in a laminar flow.
attractive.                                          65    Around the pump shaft  which produces the solder
   It ban object of this invention to provide a method    wave b a cover with its lower extremity extending into
and apparatus whereby existing wave soldering ma-    the solder in the pot to form a seal. Outside the hood.
chines originally designed to operate in air are retrofit-    over the inlet opening and the outlet opening are cotlec*

-------
                                              5.121,875
                        5                                                   6
 tor ducts for collecting the exhaust gas emanating from    ponion of ibe shaft b driven by a motor or by a belt. To
 the hood through ibeie opening*. The process employs    prevent the ingestkm of air into the solder around the
 a no-clean flu and allows up to 5% oxygen content in    pump shaft IS. the shaft is provided with an inverted
 the protective atmosphere. It products low levels of    cup-shaped cover. The lower, open ponion of the cup is
 soldering  defects on circuit boards, low levels of pin 5  immersed in the  solder to provide a seal.  An inlet is
 testing defects and etiaiinatesposi-soldehng cleaning of    provided for a protective atmosphere to be supplied
 boards.                                              under or into the cover. A small  hole is also provided in
   BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
   FIG. 1 is an overall view of a soldering aacame 10 vine (not shown).
equipped with the apparatus provided by this invention.      A vertical bulkhead 26 located towards the rear of
   FIG. 2 is a side view of a cross-section taken through    the solder pot has its lower edge immersed into the
the center of the hood provided by this invention with    solder. The bulkhead tide edges which extend into the
the solder pot partially withdrawn from wader the    solder pot are scaled by an dastoneric material to the
hood.                      •                      15 inside walls of the solder pot. The bulkhead has a veni-
   FIG. 3 is a front view of a cross-section of the hood    caJ front extension 2S.
and toe upper ponion of the solder pot.                    Over the solder pot 10 ban enclosure or hood 30 for
   FIG. 4 is a graphical representation of the oxygen    retaining a controlled or a protective atmosphere over
concemruion  in  the protective atmosphere under a    the solder pot The hood has a fust or front side  32
hood fabricated pursuant to this invention as a function 30 facing where an operator usually would stand, a second
of inen gas flow and uncurtained opening heights.        or entrance side 34 facing  the advancing conveyer, a
   FIG. § b a graphical representation of the effect upon    third or exit side 36 facing the retreating  conveyer and
solder bridging of oxygen concentration in the zone of    a fourth or rear side 3$ opposite the front side 32.
detachment of the workpiece from molten solder.           On the entrance side 34 of the hood is an opening 40

                                                  *
                EMBODIMENTS                    transporting circuit boards passes in an upward inctina-
   Showrt in the figures are the pertinent elements of a    tion through the entrance in the hood, over the solder
 wave soldering  machine equipped with  a preferred    wave and emerats through the exit in the hood. Option-
 embodiment of this invention. The machine comprises a 30 ally the entiaace and/or exit for the boarris may include
 frame (not shown) on which is mounted a conveyer 2    a shon duct (not shown) extending from the hood side.
 for transporting printed circuit boards 4.  After being      The tower extremities of the front side 32. entrance
 loaded with a circuit board, the conveyer carries the    side 34 and exit side 36. except  for the conveyer en-
 circuit board through a flc\ applicator 6 which is in an    trance 40 and exit openings 42, fit around and are sealed
 ambient air atmosphere.                            35 to the outside upper extremities of the solder pot 10 by
   Flux for use in this invention b no-clean flux. A pre-    an elastomeric sea) 44. The rear side 31 of the hood
 ferred no-clean flux b 1% by weight of adipic acid    carries an elasiomeric seU 46 and buns against the front
 dissolved in ethanol or bopropanol.                     vertical extension 21 of the bulkhead 26. The solder pot
   In practice, the flux b applied to the bottom of the    with the bulkhead b movable vertically without break-
 board by common techniques to provide after the evap- 40 ing the seals  to adjust the elevation of the pot. The
 oratfoa of solvents a layer with a thickness  of 4 microns    solder pot also can be withdrawn rearwards from under
 or less, preferably 2 microns or less. The use of a flux    the hood to facilitate maintenance.
 allows soldering materials with poor wetabUHy and      The top of the hood has a polycarbonate window <8
 solderability. such as oxidized copper, and  allows good    for viewing of the solder wave.  One edge of the win-
 filling with solder of plated or metallized  notes in the 43 dow b attached to a hinge allowing the window to be
 circuit board. With the thin layer of no-clean flux used    opened. Edges of the window when closed are sealed
 in this invention, cleaning of boards after soldering b    by an dastomeric gasket. The front side 32 of the hood
 unnecessary m most cases.                              also has a polycarbonate window SO for viewing of the
   The conveyer 2 next passes the circuit board over a    depth of solder contact by the circuit boards into the
 preheater • where the board b heated in an air anno- 50 solder wave as they pass across the wave. Poiycarbon-
 sphere to a temperature between 70* C. and the meltmg    ate window material b selected  for its lightness, non-
 point of the solder used. Typically the preheat tempera-    braakabiUty and machmabUity. The totter property al-
 ture b 100* C to 160*C The flux solvent b evaporated    lows the Polycarbonate to be drilled to provide holes
 upon reaching 70* C m the preheater.                   for attachment to supporting structure.
   Next on the machine frame in the line of travel of the 93   The useabihty of polycarbonate, which softens at a
 conveyer b an often solder pot 10 or tank. While the    temperature of 140* C.  b surprising considering the
 process b not touted to a given solder composition, a    proximity of the polycarbonate window to the high
solder alloy typically used b 623% tin. 37% lead and    temperature solder. White not wishing to be held to this
0.3% antimony by weight. Solder bath temperatures    explanation, the laminar introduction of protective at-
 range typically between 190* and 300* C. most typi- to mospbere apparently results in low transfer of heat from
 eally between 240* C to 260* C.                        the molten solder to the window.
  The solder pot 10 has a-generaUy rectangular or "L"      Within the hood, the atmosphere b controlled. The
shape when viewed from above. The pot contains mol-    attachment of a circuit board to the solder b performed
 tea solder 12. a means 14 for pumping the solder into a    ma protective atmosphere. A protective atmosphere b
 wave and a wave flow guide 16. The pumping means 14 63 cc«nptbedofanofHOxidizinggasandnotmorethanS%
comprises a shaft II partially immersed in the solder.    oxygen by volume, preferably not more than 100 ppm
The immersed portion of the shaft has an impeller 20 for    oxygen and most preferably not more than 10 ppm
pumping the molten solder. The uaimmened upper    oxygen. The non-oxidizing gas  must  have an oxygen

-------
                                             5.121,875    ';
                       7                                                  8
content MM f rener than the oxygen level daired in the    molten wider and during detachment from the wider.
protective atmosphere. Preferably the tuMvoxidizing    Thu» the oxygen concentration in the detachment re-
gas has not more than one-half the oxygen concentra*    gkm can be established independently at an optimum
lion desired in the protective atmosphere.               level to obtain a minimum bridging rate for a given flux
   Nitrogen is a preferred non-oxidizing fa* because of  3  composition and flux  layer thickness.  For example.
its low cost and availability. Other gases also useful for    RMA flux 3 microns thick yield* tow bridging rates
this purpose an carbon dioxide, argon, water vapor,    with oxygen concentrations of 5 to 21%.
hydrogen and other non-oxidizing gases and mixtures      with a protective atmosphere over the solder sur-
thereof. Optionally, gaseous formic acid or other reac-    ttcn, BO oxide layer  forms  on the solder surfaces.
live gas. ifc, other gaseous mono-caitoxyUc acid, nay 10 Hence  flowing solder surfaces forming the wave art
be supplied with, or introduced into, (be protective gas    susceptible 10 attainment of hood gas as minute bub-
in concentrations of lOppato 10% by volume, prefer*    btet -r^ bubbles rise to the surface of the solder and
My 100 ppm to 1%. and most preferably 300 ppm to    bn« rekasing minute frajmenu of soWer into the pro-
5.000 ppm. The added reactive gas removes oxides    tectrve iipwiphffrf. These fragments  form  minute
which msy not have been removed by the flux from the IS ipheresorbaUs,mtheorderof0.2to05minindimme.
oietaliwiiionionsoftheboixdortbecomiKMiemieads.    ^ |fci| mv^ throughout  the atmosphere under the
Addittonaliy.sttCh reactive gases allow a higher ^oxygen    ^ ^ depoA „  .,, ^p^ ^^^ p^^^
content m the protective atmosphere without deteten-    brushing  removes the  balls. Downward solder flows
ous effects. Thus nitrogen conuJnmg ftom ttOlto 5*    from tl« wave m faovkted with a guide or chute to
by volume of oxygen, as obtained from air by tneav 20 ^vce egtnianent of gas into the soMer
branesefuraticm.isiisaMetoprovideapiDtecirveatnio.      preferraWy gas is supplied at a fanned rate to issue
sphere.                                              j^ |w, djHributon j, a laminar flow. Laminar flow is
         *      here ' Usuall   thTdetachmem b * "    eonsidered to exist when the root mean  square of ran-

  Gas. 10 pmvde the desired atmosphere is preferably 30 1*™"°* • *•«« «««Ph"« which mmmuzet the
mtrodiicedufidertheboodthroughdistribiiionmone.    »«"»*•! °f 5**1? "* {"TtS?* <**"****
two or preferably three locations. The distributors are    Menwnration or air through the hood opciungv
porous, sintered metal tubes having a diameter of 10 mm     ^pooa^ itower/*""Bty *** my te * W" ™
and a length approximately equal to the length of the    Ule "PP6* distributor (above the conveyer), and a higher
hood inlet and outlet openmgTThey have a pore size of 33 *•*» £» *"» **to**r distributors Cbelow the con-
about 0.0005 mm to 0.05 mm. preferably 0.002 to 0.005    ***«>• T** «*bw densny g«  will occupy tbehood
mm                                             '    space mostly below the conveyer and the tower density
  I*ch distributor extends horizontally normal to the    f« «be hood space mostly above the conveyer. Such
direction of travel of the conveyer!. The first dtstribu-    «* * •*«** of different denstoes reduces the infiltration
tor S2 in the direction of travel of a dram board is 40 of w into the hood allowing lower levels of oxygen
located below the conveyer in front of the solder wave.    concentration to be achieved with tower overall con-
The second distributor 54 is located over the conveyer    sumption of supplied gases.
ewer the solder wave. The third distributor Mis located      The inlet and  outlet opewnn 40. 42 to the hood are
below the conveyer after the solder wave.               preferably rectangular and are provided with curtains
  The two  lower distributors 52. 56 are each camilev. 49 *• of a solid material to restrict air from entering the
ered in a horizontal attitude from respective vertical gas    bood. The curtains are a thin, flexible material cut into
supply tubes which enter through and are supported    vertical strips to mmmiie the drag forces exerted on
frmthetopofthebulMieadHandaieiidlmizontaUy    ««J electiiMl components as they enter and exit through
under the bulkhead extension »- The depth of penetra.    <»«e openings. Preferred thidmessrs range from 0.1  to
tion of each gas supply tube is adjustable allowing each SO 0-2 mm. Overly thin curtains are Mown open by the
tower distributor to be positioned below the top edge of    exhaust flow. Overly thick curtains  displace  compo-
the solder pot and close to the solder surf ace. The upper    »*»«* from desired positions on the cucuh board.
distributor Mis supported in a liorixontal atthnde by a      To m>wid»buiM up of stalk charge by rubbing of the
gas supply tube entering the top of the bood.            curtains on the  circuit boards, the curtain material is
  With the hood enclosing  only the solder pot. the SS electrically conductive  and electrically  grounded.  A
hood  b so  short thai the leading portion of a  circuit    static charge may destroy the functionality of electrical
board may  contact the solder wave white the trailing    components on UK board.
portion protrudes from the entrance opening. Thus the      In addition, the curtains do not shed fibers onto the
first and second gas distributers 52. 54 mainly supply    arcuit board, are resistant to chemical attack by the flux
gases providing the atmosphere  for the bottom and top to and solder fumes, are tolerant of temperatures to 265*  C.
of an entering board and attaching to the wave. Simi-    and withstand physical brushing to remove the minute
larly. the leading portion of a board may protrude out of    solder balls  which deposit in the  enclosed soldering
the exit opening white its trailing portion is m the solder    environment. A suitable  material is  silicon*  rubber
wave. Thus the  second and  third distributors  94. 56    loaded with graphite fibers.
mainly supply gases providing the atmosphere for the A3   In the apparatus  embodiment described, a circuit
top and bottom of a leaving board and detaching from    board detaches  from the solder wave in a protective
the wave. This configuration allows  different oxygen    atmosphere and immediately begins 10 cool. Because of
coDcemnbons to be achieved during attachment to the    the shortness of the bood, a board leaving the wave

-------
                                              5,121,875
                        9                                                   10
 quickly emerges from the eiit opening in the hood nd      In * hood configured pursuant 10 this invention, bav-
 coolsinair.                                          ing intel and cut openings *0.7 em wide by 10 3cm high
   Using • tow-residue, noncorrosive. nonconductive    obscured  with strip curtains through which  circuit
 flux allow* pon-soldering cleaning to be obviated. Eke*    boards were conveyed. 1 1 normal cubic centimeters per
 trica!  inspection, is required is performed upon the 3  second of nitrogen (having not more  than 10 ppm of
 cooled boards with a low incidence of contact defects    oxygen) per square centimeter of hood opening distrib-
 (fabv open measurements).                             oted tinder the hood ff"*""«~«'« oxygen concentration
   In view of the use of a sbonbood allowing a circuit    in the hood at 100 ppm. A normal volume of gas as used
 board attaching or detaching from the sower wave to    htiriu df noigs an aiMHiiiit of gf* TIT*** to the volume of
 protrude through a hood opening, it is surprising that I0  the gas at 25* C and i atmosphere. Benefits of protec-
 the benefits of protective atmosphere soldering an icd*    tive annosphere soldering are achievable in hoods eon-
 ixable, and particularly with  reasonable supplied  gas    KgattA pursuant to tins invention with non-oxidizing
 Hows. This surprising result  n attributed  m varying       consumptions ranging  from 5 to SO normal cubic
 degrees to the c^auu, U*  suppbed gas  dmnbutor    eeatiaeun     ^^ „,,.« ««„»«„ of hood
 configuration, the gas distributor locations, and  the "
                                    o exhaust gis      Witb "* ""^ over the mkt and outlet opening.





 menu since, in most instances, it has insufficient oxygen                     EXAMPLE I
 for respiration and contains noxious flux fumes. A col-        ^^                   _    .
 lector is a U-shaped duct with hs openmc facing the „    * ". *** rfbne««' «* operated in accordance
 hood opening. Alternatively, a collector nay comprise *  wllb.Uw mv**™ ^  "" «"«« and «u
 a tube with perforations facing the hood opening. Each    openings ««" «°-7 em wide by 102 cm high. The hood
 collector leads to its own closed exhaust duct «. ft to    wa» P0*!" *«• «trogen «"» *» oxygen content of
 earn  away the collected exhaust g«~  Optionally.    abcmt I ppm. The nitrogen was initially at room temper-
 collecion  are  additionally  or exclusively  provided „,  «ure •"«« the «older *»ve «** « 260' C. The oxygen
 along the bottoms of the hood openings.                 ***** over *« *older *»* ** measured  versus nitro-
   ln each exhaust duct is a valve «, 70 to control the    fen flow rate for different levels of uncurtained opening
 amount of exhaust gas which is collected by hs com-    height Uncurtained opening height is the distance from
 spending collector.  By adjusting the valves in the    the bottom of the curtains to the bottom of an entrance
 closed ducts leading from the collectors, the exhaust „  or exit opening. The openings often have a significant
 flow captured by each collector may be controlled. By    uncurtained height in order to prevent the jostling of
 this means the distribution of gas exhausting through '   tall unstable parts.
 the hood inlet opening and through the hood  outlet      An advantage of this invention is that tow oxygen
 opening may be controlled to a large degree: The ad-    levels can be obtained even with relatively large uncur-
 justment of the valves in the exhaust ducts may be used 40  tained opening heights. Thus circuit boards  with tall
 also to counter a pressure distribution created outside    unstable parts can be processed without  resorting to
 one or both of the openings in the hood. Such a pressure    mechanical doors which must open and shut to prevent
 uistribution may be a draft created by a fan which may    «r infiltration.
 biou on. across, or away from one of the openings.         |n order to omit oxygen levels in the hood to a de-
  A soldering machine originally designed with fluxer, 45  ^red maximum level, the non-oxidizing gas  flow per
 preheater and solder poi to operate in air usually has a    „& ^e, of uncurtained opening must have  a certain
 liftabie cover over these components. Tne cover usu-    „„„,,„, v^  na 4 thow, the mytga fevei, ^
 ally «. provided  with at ta« one exhaust port  mam-    «rved versus sillied g«s flow per unit are* of uncur.
 tuned at a slight vacuum to draw off noxious  fumes    ttmed ope^xtg (m 3 diflefcnt uncurtained heights. IOJ
 «*n«ted mthae operations. Hence when a protective 50  cm, 7.6 cm. and S.I COL Tne uncurtained heights were
 atmosphere hood is retrofitted over the solder pot. it is
 not obvious thai exhaust collectors over the hood open-
           •                                 *
have sufficient capacity and is not appropriately located  33
10 withdraw tts gas difcharcet from the hood.               u Sf ^^ ffm oj.j
   ine |ti£icii44l epvOv***1**1*  includes several safety
features. A safety shut-off valve operated by a solenoid     .    Vfftr Umu ffm O}»<«a/j)10
is provided in the protective gas supply line. This shut-
off valve is maintainfd rlosed under twoconditions One  to  where
k when a contact switch irnif i that the top window on     •^ g ^ fjg^ pg, mfa uncurtained area in normal
the hood is open. Another is when a differential ores-     ^pic centimeters per second per square centimeter of
sure sensor determines that the pressure tn the exhaust     uncurtained orming By uncanained opening is meant

-------
                        II
                                             5,121,875
   The above empirical relationships can to rewritten to
 yield the following relationship for calculating the total
 now required for a given hood
                            ftl
                              *c
                                                                           12
                                                    hid ialei aad ait openings 40.7 cm long by 10.3 em
                                                    high. Extending normally from each hood opening for
                                                    23 cm and mtegnl with the hood was a sheet metal duct
                                                        cross-tection identical to the opening. At the end
                                                       ,.,,,.1, tfuct  pBojpjetely covering  iu opening was. a
 ter that varies between 40 and 60. The units for "A" are
 normal cubic centimeters per second per square centi-
 meter. "B** is the tfcul unrunamrd area in square cenb-
       "Ppm Oi" is the difference between the maw-
                                                 I0
                                                                                       over the solder
                                                                              tilers per second of nitro-
                                                                  aot more than  10 ppm oxygen. This
                                                                        the oxygea concentration in the
 mum wygaleveJ desired ai the solder wave and the
 oiygen content of the supplied gas. "C*k the nitrogen
 flow rcqiiired when the tnicwiained area is zero. "C" is
 about 2jOOO normal cubic centimeters per MCTBfJ for
 reasonably tight hoods.
   The values for "A~ and *^ given above ar suitable
 for all gases with a denary whbjn 10 percent of that of
 nitrogen.  Low density gasses such as  hydrogen will
 have larger values for the parameters  "A" aad "C*.
 High density gases such as carbon dioxide and argon
 will have lower values by about one-half for the paranv
 eten "A" and "C".
   An alternative method for estimating the  gas flow
 required when the uncurtained area is  small or is not
 known is to use the relationship:
                                                    wav«iiBo^ihebOOTCOBveycraiidadawtca 1.57 nor-
                                                    mal users per arfond of nitrogen contamiiig. levels from
                                                    0.01% 10 20% oxygen at desired m the several test runs.
                                                    A sheet metal deflector directed this flow at the region
                                                    when boards detached from the solder wave. A probe
                                                    m this detachment region measured the oxygen conceit-
                                                    traboa.  After detachment  from the solder,  boards
                                                    emerged through the exit opening in the hood and
                                                    cooled  in air.
                                                      The top of the hood bad a polycarbonate window
                                                    above the solder wave for viewing the wave. The win.
                                                    dow did not soften or "g Its outside temperature WAS
                                                    about 40* C
                                                      Result* of the tests are depicted graphically in FIG. S.
   -E- ban empirical parameter. For nitrogen and gases »
 with a density within 10% of nitrogen. TT has a value
 between 3 and SO cm Vsec/cm'.-E" preferably bin the
 ranee of S to 20 cmVsec/cm1. "Total opening area" is
 theiun>ofthecuTUinedanduncurun»edare.ofboth
 the entrance and exit and any other opening.         M
   Low density gases such as hydrogen will have larger
 value* for ~E". High density gases such as carbon dwx-
 Ue and argon will have lower values by about oiwbalf
 for the parameter "E~-
   Another alternative method for estimating the gas *>
 flow required when the opening area is not known is:
                                                      «  «    *
                                                          *
                                                    were obtained.
                                                      However, with a
                                                            ery tow bri
                                                                       flux thirknrn of 2J microns or
                                                                      da^gimtes of one per board were
                                                                                    in the detachment
     no.i*«w*i-F
     „ .        .  .
      uanempirpa«metCT.For
                                          dga»es 45
with a density withm 10% of mtrogen. "F" has a value    bomn, ^
ide and argon will have tower values by about one-half
                                                    obtained whb oxyg
                                                    «»* of 3% and 30% oxygen. A higher, but moderate
                                                    bridging rate of 6 per board was obtained wHhanoxy-
                                                    gen concentration of OJ* in the detachment sone.
                                                      For all three of these oxygen concentrations tested,
                                                    the number of open defects including unfilled holes was
                                                    sere per board. With the low RMA flux thickness used
                                                    of 2J microns, the rate of contact defects expected m
                                                    electrical testing was tow.
                                                      Simitar experiments without any flux produced a
                                                            r«e of 7 |w board, sevefii open defects per
                                                    bomn, ^     bote ^^  gt^n., exeerimentt usini
                                                    I% *** S» •*» «teolK4 ^mBedTpwduce a


                                                                        m  the detachment tone of from
                  EXAMPLE 2
  Circuit  boards  with 120 closely  spaced  potential
bridging shes were fluxed with a spray fluxer. The
applied flux was MnOr.de 7M  manufactured by Hi-
Grade Alloy Corp. East Hazelcrest. OL Hi43nde 7M is
an RMA flux which leaves noncorrosrve and noncon-
ductive rendues The m**^ww of flux arfrftfd to ***** cir*
out boards was controlled by varying the duration of
the spray. The thickness of the flux was calculated from
the weight of the flux deposited on the circuh board and
the density of thf flm (08 gm/cc). The circuit boards
were then passed over a preheater which heated them
to about 70* C. in the air.
  The boards then entered a solder pot hood with a
general configuration as described earner. The hood
                                                 85
                                                 40
                                                 65
                                                    est thicknesses of no-clean flux, allows wave aolderiag
                                                    ^ _•"*•*!. «MI.of •^d?*» •"*"""SL <|^BCti'
                                                    «»w»ation of cleanag. moderate consumption of pro-
                                                    tecnveatmoaphere g«t and low apparatus c«t.
                                                      Although th^mvenuon^as been «»e«erU»ed with ref.
                                                    e|en**ito specific embodtmmts as examples, it wiu be
                                                    appreciated that to is intended to covn all modiliratiofts
                                                    •** eouivmlaiu whhin the scope of  the  appended
                                                    ebons.
                                                      What is claimed i*
                                                      1- A method for wave  soldering metal comprising
                                                    surfaces on a printed circuit board, said method corn-
                                                    prising:
                                                      (a) applying no-clean flux to the board in air;
                                                      (b) preheating the board in air;

-------
                       13
                                            5,121,875
                                                                           14
  (c) attaching the baud to • lolder wave in a proicc-
    live atmosphere;
  (d) detaching the board from the lolder wave in a
    controlled atmosphere;
  2. The invention as in claim 1 wherein the flux is
applied to provide a layer efflux not more than 4 mi-
crons thick after evaporation of solvents from the flux.
  J The invention as,in claim 1 wherein the flux com-
prises a di-omic acid in solvent.
  4 The invention as in claim 1 wherein the flax com-
prises adipk acid in a solvent.
  5.Tl*»ventiei»asmcJaimlwl>ere«thefliaoom-
pises adipic acid in ethyl alcohol or nopropyl alcoboL
  tThetoveBtionasmelatolwbe«miheboanlis
Cheated to a tempmttina the nage from *TC to
the melting porat of the tower nsed.
                                                 I0
                                                      17. The invention as in claim 1 wherein said atmo-
                                                    spheres an provided by fupplying carbon dknide or
                                                    argon gas or nwtum thereof coniararag not men than
                                                    one-half the maximum oiygen concentration desired in
                                                    aaid atmospheies at a flow rate (in normal cubic centi-
                                                    neten per second) of between 2.000 and 20.000.
                                                      M. The invention as in claim I wherein said steps for
                                                    attaching to and detaching from a solder wave are per-
                                                    formed by adorning the board through an inlet imp a
                                                    *°°& enclosing not more than a solder pot containing
                                                    the »eJdcr wave anacaing the baart to and dctachmg
                                                    the  board from the  aolder wave  wilhm  said hood;
                                                    egieasmg^ bosrt through an exit in aaid hcod.
                                                      »• Tte tnvwtwn « nctoim 1 kwbena said atmo-
                                                  .
                                                 «
                                                               iefionof anactan«t
                                                                                        bo«dtohe
comprise* a non-uuduing gas and not more than J%
       bv volume
                        gas and not mon than 100
                           wherein theatmoiphere
                                                     j,:mnvention « m claim II wherein said atmo-
                                              n
compraes a rwn^wdtung gas and not more than 10
ppm oxygen oy volume.
  10. The invention as m claim 1 wherein said atmo- 3,,
sphere  for atu« .nng to the sower wave compraa a
non-oudutng gas and not more than 5% oxygen and
laid atmosphere for detaching from the solder wave
comprises a non-oxidizing gas and from 5 to 10% oxy.
**"*  __  ,      .      ........       M
  II. The invention as m claim 1 wherein said atmo*
ipnere  for attaching to the solder wave comprises .-
non-oxidizing gas and not more than 100 ppm oxygen
snd said atmosphere for detaching from the solder wave
comprises a non-oxidizing gas and from 5 to 10% oxy- 40
lm-
  12. The invention as hi claim 1 wherein said atmo-
rphere  for attaching to the solder wave comprises a
x>n-oxidizing gas and not more than 10 ppm oxygen
utd said atmosphere for detaching from thetowerwave 4$
ximprises a non-oxidizing gas and from 3 to 10% oxy-
(en.
  13. The invention as in claiml wherein the protective
itmnsphere for attaching to the solder includes a mono-
arboxylk acid.                                   90
  14. The invention as in claim 1 wherein the protective
ionosphere for  attaching to the solder includes formic
                                                          cub
                                                                 Bni
                                                                      sam
                                                                          per tccwid) of between 5 and
                                                           ^ ^m^f*^ ^ uncurtained areas (in square
                                                                          ood enttince awl exit and any
                                                                     penings tndudmg leakage openmg*
                                                                     *     *^       ^     ^       "^
                                                      21 The invention as in "'-<-• It wherein said atmo-
                                                    ^^^j „, f,^)^^ ^ wpplying carbon dioxide or
                                                    "fgon gas or mixrores thereof containing not more than
                                                    one-half the maximum oxygen concentration desired in
  IS. The invention as in claim I wherein the atmo-
inhere maintained above the board has a lower density  93
ban the atmosphere maintained below the board.
  1». 'I he invention as in claim  1  wherein said atmo-
pberes an provided by supplying nitrogen gas contain-
ng not more than one-half the maihnum oxygen con-
ientration desired in said atmospheres at a flow rate (in  60
tormal cubic centimeters per second) of between 4.000
ind 40.000.                 "
                                                                   at a flow rate (in normal cubic ceati-
                                                          per s«x»d) of bwween Z5 «d 25 um» the
                                                    curtained and uncurtained anas (in square centimeters)
                                                    of both the hood entrance and exit and any other uncnr-
                                                    tamed openings including leakage openings in said
                                                    hood.
                                                      23. The invention as in claim 18 wherein said atao-
                                                    spheres an  provided by supplying nitrogen gas at a
                                                    flow rue (m normal cubic centimetm per second) of
                                                    7/XK>p|OT^gr«»'ftH40aml
-------
                                                                                  87
                                APPENDIX D

        SOLDER FLUXES AND PASTES  EVALUATED
                      BY  NORTHERN TELECOM
Following extensive research, Northern Telecom
has chosen "no clean* assembly materials as the
preferred  alternative to the  use of CFC-113
solvents in the  manufacture of printed circuit
assemblies. In the course of its three-year program
to switch  to "no dean," many solder fluxes and
pastes were evaluated.  The following fluxes and
pastes  meet  Northern  Telecom's  material
requirements  including Bellcore  standard  TR-
NWT-000078,  issue 3.   Provision  of  this
information in no way constitutes endorsement of
a supplier or supplier's material. Manufacturers of
printed circuit assemblies and electronic products
should  conduct  their  own  investigations of
soldering fluxes and pastes to ensure compatibility
with their processes.
compatibility with the solder mask used on the
printed circuit board. Table 2 includes the solder
masks that were found acceptable with each of the
pastes.
No Clean Solder Fluxes
Table  1 lists the "no clean* solder fluxes which,
through lab testing and process application, meet
Northern Telecom's material requirements when
tested with specific solder masks.  The table also
lists the compatible masks for each of the fluxes.
These solder masks also meet Northern Telecom's
material   requirements.     Note:     not  all
combinations of fluxes and masks were tested.
Solder Pastes
Table 2 lists the solder pastes which, through lab
testing and process application, meet Northern
Telecom's material requirements including Bellcore
TR-NWT-000078, issue 3. Before a solder paste is
used in  assembly,  it  must  be  tested  for

-------
88
TABLE t
LIQUID SOLDERING FLUXES
No Clean Flux
Supplier
Alpha Metals





Alpha Metals












Fry Metals






Product
SM387





Teleflux












NR 100A






Compatible Masks
Supplier
PC
DuPont
DuPont
DuPont
Enthone
Talyo
PC
Taiyd
Talyo
Taiyo
DuPonl
DuPont
DuPonl
Enthone
Probimer




PC
Taiyo
Taiyo
TaJyo
DuPonl
DuPont
W.R. Grace
Product
401
930
Valu 8030
Valu 8200 series
DSR 3241
PSR-4000
401
222-401
222-401
PSR-4000
8130
930
Valu 8030
DSR 3241
52




401
222-401
222-404
PSR-4000
Valu 8030
Valu 8200 series
CM -1000
No Clean Flux
Supplier
Hi-Grade





Kester Solder












Kester Solder






Product
3549-HF





924 FB












9SOE






Compatible. Masks
Supplier
Taiyo
Taiyo
Probimer



PC
PC
Taiyo
Taiyo
Taiyo
DuPont
DuPont
DuPont
Dynachem
Probimer
W.R. Grace
Dexter Hysol
Coales
PC
Enthone
Taiyo
Probimer
DuPont
Coates
Probimer
Product
222-401
PSR-4000
52



401
501
222-401
222-404
PSR-4000
8130
930
Valu 8200 series
EPIC SP-100
52/52M
CM- 1000
SR1000
IMAGECURE
401
ESR 3241
PSR-4000
52
Valu 8200 series
IMAGECURE
52M

-------
89
TABLE 1
UQUIiJ SOLDERING FLUXES
No Clean Flux
Supplier
Kester Solder








Kesier Solder



Multicore
Solder
Product
923








951



X33/03
Compatible Masks
Supplier
PC
Taiyo
Taiyo
Taiyo
DuPonl
DuPont
DuPont
Enihone
Probimer
Probimer
W.R. Grace
Dexter Hysol
Coates
PC
PC
Taiyo
Taiyo
Enthone
Probimer
W.R. Grace
Dynachem
Dexter Hysol
Coates
DuPont
Taiyo
Taiyo
Probimer
Product
401
222-401
222-404
PSR-4000
8130
930
Valu 8200 series
DSR 3241
52
52M
CM-1000
SR1000
1MAGECURE
401
501
222-401
PSR-4000
DSR 3241
52/52M
CM-1000
EPIC SP-100
SRIOOd
IMAGECURE
Vacrei 8130
222-401
PSR-4000
52
No Clean Flux
Supplier
Lonco








Multicore
Solder




Product
11W








X33




Compatiblo Masks
Supplier
PC
Taiyo
Taiyo
Taiyo
DuPont
DuPont
DuPont
DuPont
Enthone
Probimer
W.R. Grace

Taiyo
Taiyo
Probimer
Probimer
PC
Coates




Product
401
222-401
222-404
PSR-4000
8130
930
Valu 8030
Valu 8200 series
DSR 3241
52
CM-1000

222-401
PSR-4000
52
52M
501
IMAGECURE





-------
90
TABLE 1
LIQUID SOLDERING FLUXES
No Clean Flux
Supplier
MuMicore
Solder




Mulilcore
Solder








MuUicore
Solder


Product
X33/04





X32/FQ1









X32/FM



Compatible Masks
Supplier
PC
PC
Talyo
Taiyo
W.R. Grace
DuPont
PC
Taiyo
Taiyo
Taiyo
DuPont
DuPont
DuPont
Enthone
Probimer
W.R. Grace
PC
Taiyo
Taiyo
W.R. Grace
Product
401
501
222-401
222-404
CM- 1000
Valu 8200 series
401
222-401
222-404
PSR-4000
8130
Valu 8030
Valu 8200 series
DSR 3241
52
CM-1000
401
222-401
222-404
CM-1000
No Clean Flux
Supplier
Mullicore
Solder


















Product
EA0037










!








Compatible Masks
Supplier
PC
Taiyo
Taiyo
DuPont
Enthone
W.R. Grace














Product
401
222-401
PSR-4000
Valu 8030
DSR 3241
CM-1000











V



-------
91
TABLE 2
SOLDER PASTES
No Clean Flux
Supplier
Alpha Metals


f





Alpha Metals




Kester Solder










Kester'Solder



Product
LR4001








390-DH4




243F










243



Compatible Masks
Supplier
Taiyo
Taiyo
Probimer






Taiyo
Taiyo
Probimer


PC
Taiyo
Taiyo
Taiyo
DuPont
DuPont
DuPont
DuPont
Enthone
Probimer
W.R. Grace
Taiyo
Taiyo
Probimer
Dynachem
Product
222-401
PSR-4000
52






222-401
PSR-4000
52


401
222-401
222-404
PSR-4000
8130
930
Valu 8030
Valu 8200 series
DSR 3241
52
CM- 1000
222-401
PSR-4000
52
EPIC SP1-00
No Clean Flux
Supplier
Indium Corp.








Mullicore
Solder


.
Multicore
Solder









SCM



Product
SMQ51








NC40




RM-92










X63PNCR



Compatible Masks
Supplier
PC
PC
Taiyo
Taiyo
DuPont
DuPont
Enthone
Probimer
Dynachem
PC
Taiyo
DuPont
Coates
Probimer
PC
Taiyo
Taiyo
DuPont
DuPont
Probimer
Coates




Taiyo
Taiyo
Probimer

Product
401
501
222-401 :
PSR-4000
Valu 8030
Vacrel 8130
DSR 3241
52/52M
EPIC SP-100
401
PSR-4000
Vaiu 8200 series
IMAOECURE
S2M
401
222-401
PSR-4000
Valu 8030
Valu 8200 series
52/52M
IMAGECURE




222-401
PSR-4000
52


-------
92
TABLE 2
SOLDER PASTES
No Clean Flux
Supplier
Multicore
Solder
Mitsui Corp.
Product
NO-
361/RM32
Senju 7U2C
Compatible Masks
Supplier
Taiyo
Taiyo
Probimer
Taiyo
Probimer
Dynachem
Product
222-401
PSR-4000
52
222-401
52
EPIC SP-100
No Clean Flux
Supplier
Mitsui Corp.

Product ;
Senju 201C

Compatible, Masks
Supplier
Taiyo
Taiyo
Probimer

Product
222-401
PSR-4000
52


-------